`Teo` FLEX Power Tools 2014

Power Tools 

2013/2014

Contents 

Type Page Type 

Page 

A 

L 

AD 14,4/3,0 NEW 150 LL 1107 VEA 188 

AD 18,0/3,0 R NEW 113 LLK 1503 VR 45 

ADH 14,4/3,0 NEW 150 LP 1503 VR 41 

AID 14,4/3,0 ½” NEW 150 LP 1503 VR Set 41 

AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” NEW 150 LR 1 NEW 233 

ADW 18,0-42 NEW 112 LRP 1503 VRA 44 

ADW 18,0-42 M NEW 112 LST 803 VR 273 

ALC 1-360 NEW 232 LST 1503 VR 273 

ALC 2/1 NEW 232 LW 802 VR 267 

ALC 2-F NEW 233 LW 1202 267 

ALi 10,8 G 145 LW 1202 S 267 

B 

LWW 2106 VR 268 

BED 18 270 M 

BED 69 271 MS 1706 FR Set 164 

BH 812 VV 161 MXE 900 215 

BHW 812 VV 272 MXE 1100 216 

BHW 1549 VR 270 MXE 1102 217 

C 

CHE 2-26 SDS-plus 

CHE 5-45 SDS-max 

153 

155 

MXE 1300 

MXE 1302 

O 

218 

219 

CS 60 WET 280 ODE 100-2 186 

CSE 55 T NEW 120 ODE 100-2 Set 186 

CSM 4060 57 ORE 125-2 187 

D 

DH 5 SDS-max 

DW 7-25 

DW 7-45 

NEW 

NEW 

157 

102 

102 

ORE 125-2 Set 

OSE 80-2 

OSE 80-2 Set 

P 

187 

186 

186 

DW 7-60 NEW 103 PE 14-1 180 NEW 248 

F 

F 1109 165 

PE 14-2 150 

PE 14-2 150 Set 

PE 14-3 125 

248 

248 

249 

G 

PE 14-3 125 Set 249 

GM 320 95 R 

H 

R 600 VV 220 

H 1105 VE 

H 1127 VE 

HPI 603 

28 

28 

140 

R 1800 VR 

RE 14-5 115 

RZ 600 VV 

220 

130 

221 

L 

S 

L 602 VR 

L 602 VR Set 

L 10-10 125 

L 1202 

L 12-3 100 WET 

L 1503 VR 

L 1506 VR 

249 

249 

21 

251 

266 

251 

23 

S 2902 VV 

SBG 4910 

SE 14-2 125 

SK 602 VV 

SKE 2902 VV 

SR 602 VV 

ST 1005 VE 

NEW 

NEW 

55 

56 

178 

54 

55 

54 

46 

L 1710 FRA 25 T 

L 21-6 230 

L 24-6 230 

L 3206 CD 

NEW 

NEW 

26 

26 

27 

TT 2000 

V 

269 

L 3208 CD 27 VC 25 L MC 204 

L 3309 FR 22 VC 35 L MC 204 

L 3309 FRG 22 VCE 35 L AC 205 

L 3406 VRG 25 VCE 45 H AC 206 

L 3410 FR 24 VCE 45 L AC 205 

L 3410 VR 24 VCE 45 M AC 206 

L 3709/115 

L 3709/125 

LBR 1506 VRA 

LBS 1105 VE 

LBS 1105 VE Set 

LD 1709 FR 

LD 3206 C 

LDC 1709 FR 

LE 9-10 125 

LE 12-3 100 WET 

20 

20 

43 

42 

42 

134 

138 

136 

20 

266 

W 

WD 10 

WSE 500 

WSE 7 Vario 

WSE 7 Vario Plus 

WSE 7 Vario Set 

WST 700 VV 

WST 700 VV Plus 

WST 1000 FV 

268 

82 

71 

71 

71 

76 

76 

90 

LE 14-7 125 INOX 21 X 

LE 14-7 125 INOX Set 

LG 1704 VR 

LK 602 VR 

LK 604 

40 

274 

274 

23 

X 1107 VE 

XC 3401 VRG 

XC 3401 VRG Set 

188 

250 

250 

LKS 100-300 5/8 NEW 234 

LKS 65-170 F 1/4 NEW 234

Product features 

The key features of our products are 

identified by the following symbols. 

Lithium-ion technology 

No self-discharge, 

no memory effect. 

Protection System: protects 

from overloading, overheating 

and deep discharge. 

Carrying case 

Rugged metal or plastic 

case. 

Guard adjustment 

Tool-free guard adjustment 

from both sides. 

Patented guard adjustment 

Patented tool-free 

guard adjustment from 

both sides (Patent No. 

DE10115635C1). 

Saw blade pendulum action 

Pendulum action selectable. 

Useful for fast sawing in 

wood. 

Bail handle 

Additional bail handle for a 

more comfortable grip. 

Side handgrip 

Hand grip optionally on left 

or right side. 

Hook and loop fasteners 

Quick grip for attaching 

abrasives – without 

adhesives or clamping. 

Tool-free tool change 

Easy tool change without 

the need for additional 

tools. 

Cable length 

Mains cable 

FR electronic control 

Tachogenerator-controlled 

constant speed, soft-start, 

overload protection. 

SoftVib hand grip 

Vibration cushioning hand 

grip, preventing strain on 

the wrists. VR electronic control 

Tachogenerator-controlled 

Dust extraction 

Extractor connection 

Antistatic equipment 

Discharge function prevents 

static charging. 

GFCI operator protector 

circuit breaker 

Integrated GFCI cicuit 

breaker protection circuit 

breaker with normal Schuko 

plug for 230V sockets. 

Central water feed 

For wet-grinding granite 

and marble. 

Quick-fit coupling 

Quick-fit brass coupling: for 

½“ water hose 

Spindle lock 

Push-button spindle-lock 

facilitates fast, easy disc 

change. 

FixTec quick-lock nut 

Tool-free disc change. 

Cable length 

Mains cable with flex red 

plug. 

Cable length 

Mains cable PUR 

constant speed, soft-start, 

overload protection, speed 

selection with optimized 

low-speed range. 

VE electronic control 

Continuous speed selection 

and overload protection. 

VV electronic control 

Constant speed, soft-start 

with continuous speed 

selection trigger and overload 

protection. 

FV electronic control: 

constant speed, soft-start 

and overload protection 

Constant speed, soft-start 

and overload protection.

That extra bit more. 

Dear Customers, 

Innovations develop from discussions. It is only by the continuous exchange of experiences with tradesmen 

and the trade that high-quality and durable electric power tools are developed for specific solutions 

to problems in industry and trade. The requirements are uncompromisingly demanding as always: 

highest precision, excellent ergonomics, rational functions and minimised work load and health burden. 

Our product innovations speak for themselves: The new drywall saw CSE 55 T as well as the drywall 

screwdrivers (for cordless or mains operation) and the newly developed laser range – extremely robust 

and very easy to handle – expand and deepen the competence of FLEX in the area of professional dry 

construction. The new polisher PE 14-1 180, designed on the basis of the gear technology used in 

the established POLISHFLEX, reaches its full potential particularly on large surfaces. The new 14.4 volt 

cordless screwdrivers, with their new high- performance motors, are characterised by their durability as 

well as excellent handling, and the new two-handed angle grinders L 21-6 230 and L 24-6 230 are now 

available as 2100 and 2400 watt power tools. 

Above all, however, the new rotary sander SUPRAFLEX, the sanding specialist, is distinguished by its 

processing of metal, stone, paint and wood. Gears, smooth running performance and motor output 

are already in a class of their own. The specialist is characterised in particular by the high material 

removal and optimum extraction – last but not least the health of the user is at the heart of every new 

development from FLEX. 

The “baggage” also includes a new innovative “Box on Box” carrying case system featuring intelligent 

Duo-Click technology. The boxes can be connected simply, quickly and effortlessly and selected for 

the site. 

We would like to share another innovation with you: Since 2012 FLEX has had its own sales outlets in 

the Netherlands and Italy. Now also in these countries you can directly experience FLEX competence of 

more than ninety years: That extra bit more when it comes to precision and function. 

We wish you continued success with our power tools and we hope you enjoy the new FLEX main 

catalogue 2013. 

Dr. Josef Kring 

Managing Director 

Hans-Richard Axtmann 

Managing Director 

1

Electric power tools 

for professionals 

Metal surface finishing 

Angle grinders 

Straight grinders 


Saws 

Renovation and modernization 

Wall and ceiling sanders 

Drywall screwdriver 

Dry construction saw 

Renovation machines 

Screwing and drilling 

Special tools 

Surface finishing sanding 

Safety vacuum cleaners 

Mixers 

Laser measuring technology 

Painted surface finishing 

Polishers 

Stone working 

Wet grinders 

Core drilling machines, Blind hole drills 

Dry grinders 

Stone cutter 

FLEX Carrying case system 

FLEX Warranty 

FLEX Electronics 

How to find us 

14 

28 

34 

52 

60 

96 

116 

122 

142 

164 

166 

194 

212 

224 

236 

264 

270 

274 

276 

282 

284 

285 

286 

3

Innovation comes from tradition. 

For over 90 years, everyone has heard of it. Many use it every day. But very few 

people know that “flexen”, a common German verb, actually refers back to an 

invention developed by FLEX, formerly known as Ackermann + Schmitt. But let’s 

start at the beginning: 

In 1922, Hermann Ackermann and Hermann Schmitt started a company in 

Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt to produce and sell their new invention: the MS 6 handheld 

grinding machine, featuring an electrical motor that drove a flexible shaft. 

This feature was the inspiration for this brand-new tool’s name: FLEX. And this is 

the origin of today’s brand name and a verb that has become an integral part of 

everyday German vocabulary: “flexen”. 

In the late 1920s, the engineers succeeded in replacing the flexible shaft with an 

angle gear set. This was the world’s first angle grinder, also sold under the brand 

name FLEX. FLEX started becoming established as a new word. 

In 1935, Ackermann + Schmitt launched a low-speed angle grinder. In 1954, 

it unveiled the first high-speed angle grinder: the DL 9. By now, FLEX was 

synonymous with angle grinder, while the verb ‚flexen’ completely replaced the 

less snappy verb “trennschleifen” (“abrasive cutting”) in colloquial German. 

In 1996, Ackermann + Schmitt renamed itself FLEX. In 2006, “flexen” was officially 

added to the Duden spelling dictionary. 

The FLEX still uses the same basic approach, but the tool itself continues to evolve 

and improve. High-tech plastics replaced cast iron, making the tools considerably 

lighter. Motor power has increased, but motors have grown smaller and smaller. 

The motor and gears have become better protected against grinding and cutting 

dust; the tools are now more durable, quieter and more ergonomic. The basic 

idea of the angle grinder has proved to be so efficient and successful that it is 

incorporated into other machines and will continue to drive new innovations.

Professional tools for professionals. 

You need quality tools to do quality work. But what are quality tools? How do I 

recognise real quality? 

For FLEX it’s the craftsman who sets the standard. That is why we visit those sites 

where tools are used when we develop new machines. On construction sites, in the 

shops and factories. And that’s precisely where we determine the specifications 

that every FLEX must fulfil. This primarily includes the long life of our power tools 

and machines, their power and functionality and their design, ergonomics and 

safety. 

All this is made possible by the advanced technology that frequently provides new 

solutions to problems, revolutionizing the work procedures of entire industries. 

Our approach is justified by each of the millions of craftsmen who perform 

outstanding work using their FLEX every day. 

The heart beating in any original FLEX is created from the outset in our motor 

manufacturing plant in Steinheim. This is where we produce a wide range of 

electric motors, perfectly matched to customer needs. From the fully automated 

winding of magnetic fields through our state-of-the-art powder-coating line to 

the precision lathe. 

The use of the latest manufacturing systems in motor production, steel and 

aluminium machining and the continuous quality controls in all other stages of 

production ensure our high quality standards. 

Our state-of-the-art processing machines guarantee a high degree of flexibility 

in manufacture and enable us to respond rapidly to customer wishes. Quality and 

functional checks during the entire manufacturing process are standard policy in 

our company. 

In our Research and Development Department, all new developments and existing 

products are tested on test stands and in continuous use to ensure they meet our 

quality and functional requirements. 

Ongoing staff training is a fundamental requirement for us, to ensure that we 

remain able to apply the latest manufacturing technologies in the future. 

5

The tops in whatever discipline. 

The FLEX programme for professional metal surface 

finishing.

FLEX has probably the most extensive range of tools for the metal 

surface finishing professionals. The range stretches from universal 

products such as angle and straight grinders through to band 

and circular saws and to a host of specialities such as burnishing 

machines and tube belt grinders. Metalwork shops, fitters’ workshops 

and railing constructors, for instance, can always rely on 

FLEX. 

7

Everything covered. 

The FLEX programme for all professional burnishing, 

renovating and modernising work. 

Whether it is a matter of preparing bases,chiselling work to remove 

plaster or masonry or drilling holes for anchoring systems - the 

precision, dependability and handling of professionals never fails to 

impress. And it is quite obvious that this is admirably true for their 

tools and accessories. At FLEX each is a master of his particular 

field - from the wall and ceiling sanders through to mixers and 

mobile vacuum cleaners.

Dazzling presentations. 

The FLEX programme for professional paint surface 

finishing. 

Perfect surface quality stems from high-grade tools specially 

designed for low speeds and high torques. That is why professionals 

in body shops, garages and car dealers as well as car enthusiasts 

have full confidence in FLEX. After all, by using our polishers and 

optimally adapted polishing accessories they are the masters in 

bringing that degree of care to both paint preparation and paint 

finishing. 

11

12 

Master of all the classes. 

The FLEX programme for professional working of natural 

and artificial stone.

Stone has its own laws as well as its own peculiarities and sensitiveness. 

This is something known all too well to stone masons, stone 

sculptors as well as to garden constructors and landscapers. 

That is why they sand down natural and artificial stone with FLEX 

machinery and accessories. All the more so since FLEX sets the 

standards all the way from wet grinders and stone separators 

through to bushhammers. This holds true in matters of sturdiness, 

dependability, handling and maintenance-friendliness. 

13

Tools for metal 

surface finishing. 

The FLEX tools and their accessories are specially tailored 

to the diverse requirements of metal finishers. This includes 

the longevity of the machines just as much as their capacity, 

functionality, handiness and safety. And, of course, not 

forgetting the innovative technology. After all nothing is 

that good that precludes any further improvements. 


Overview of power tools 

Accessories 


Accessories 


INOXFLEX 

Accessories INOXFLEX 


Accessories 

Saws 


Accessories 

16 

18 

29 

28 

30 

34 

36 

38 

40 

46 

52 

54 

58 

15


Intelligence meets durability. 

More power, safer, longer service life 

• Four-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent 

speed control, soft start, starter lock, and overload 

protection. 

• Five-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent 

speed control, soft start, starter lock, overload protection, 

and temperature monitoring. 

• Six-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent speed 

control, soft start, starter lock, overload protection, 

temperature monitoring, and speed selection set by an 

adjustment wheel. 

• Seven-fold microprocessor electronics: with constant 

speed control, accelerator switch, starter lock, overload 

protection,temperature monitoring and speed selection 

by adjustment wheel. 

What is transfered to the disc is critical 

• Outstanding output: thanks to complexly machined 

high-performance armature. 

• High operating efficiency: great energy with cost-efficient 

operation. 

• Best endurance run characteristics: due to high 

manufacturing precision. 

Created for precise, low-fatigue work 

• Optimal centre of gravity: precisely in the middle of the 

machine; finely balanced. 

• Sleek motor housing with ergonomic, waisted grip 

depression. 

• Structured surface*: no slipping, for a secure grip. 

(*on G versions with super-slender special rear grip) 

16 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

1 

2 

3 

1 

4 

Gearbox housing made of die-cast aluminium 

Light, sleek, robust. 

Spindle lock 

Double safety because of recessed design. 

FLEX SoftVib – the handle 

The vibration damping construction of the elastic body of 

the SoftVib handle reduces vibration levels noticeably. With 

built-in holding wrench - for exchanging the discs without 

additional tools. 

Patented safety disc guard 

Adjustable without tools, impossible to lose, with rotation lock. 

Perfection to the very last detail 

Highly flexible cable strain reliever prevents cable breakage. 

4-metre power cable with FLEX red plug. 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Air vents to front 

Protects user and motor from abrasive swarf. 

Large ventilator 

Optimised in wind tunnel tests for maximum cooling. 

Winding protecting cage 

Rotating ribs prevent abrasive dust from damaging the 

windings of the armature and provide for additional 

cooling. This extends the service life of the motor 

considerably. 

High-performance armature 

Sustained power and endurance, heat-resistance. Winding 

protected from aggressive swarf by a winding protecting 

cage. 

Quality auto-stop carbon brushes 

Protects the motor from damage. 

Microprocessor electronics 

Greater performance, safer, more convenience. 

6 

5

User friendly to the smallest detail. 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

Prepared for extreme conditions 

Angle grinders are optimally protected from rough and 

conductive swarf by a powder coating on the magnetic 

fields. 

FixTec quick-action clamping nut 

For a quick, tool-free disc change: simply open the 

clamp, press the spindle lock, unscrew the FixTec nut 

anticlockwise and change the disc. 

Multi-grip system 

The front and rear vibration-cushioning grips can be 

adjusted in steps up to 180°. L 3206 CD angle grinder. 

Reduced Vibration 

An additional vibration damping ring between the 

motor housing and rear handle reduces the vibrations. 

Angle grinder L 3206 CD/L 3208 CD/L 21-6 230. 

SoftVib hand grip 

The vibration damping construction of the elastic body 

of the SoftVib handle reduces vibration levels when 

compared to standard handle by up to 60%. The hand 

and arm joints of the user are subjected to less stress. 

Without vibration 

dampening 

With FLEX 

SoftVib handle 

Integral pin wrench 

With a patented integral pin wrench (Patent No. 

DE10117835A1) for tool less disc changing. 

1 

3 

5 

2 

4 

6 


17


18 

Always the right choice. The original. 

The most recent examples from FLEX development show that even today we set the 

standards for angle grinders. Using state-of-the-art technology, maximumuser 

friendliness, and innovative product features: microprocessor electronics, extensive 

protection against abrasive dust, unique comfort details such as the SoftVib handle, 

which reduces vibration levels by up to 60%. Or the FLEX MultiGrip system with the 

L 3709/115 10000 750 115 – – – – 

L 3709/125 10000 800 125 – – – 

LE 9-10 125 

6000- 

10000 

900 125 – – – 

L 10-10 125 10000 1010 125 – – – 

L 3309 FR 11000 1010 125 – – – – 

L 3309 FRG 11000 1010 125 – – – – 

L 1506 VR 

LE 14-7 125 INOX 

2200- 

6800 

2100- 

7500 

1200 125 – – – – 

1400 125 – – – – – – 

L 3410 FR 11000 1400 125 – – – – 

L 3410 VR 

2900- 

1400 125 – – – – 

11000 

L 1710 FRA 10000 1400 125 – – – – 

L 3406 VRG 

2100- 

7500 

1400 125 – – – – 

L 21-6 230 6500 2100 230 – 

L 24-6 230 6500 2400 230 – 

L 3206 CD 6500 2500 230 – 

L 3208 CD 8500 2500 180 – – – 

LK 604 4000 1200 175 – – – – – – – – 

 

 

 

– 

NEW! 

NEW! 

rpm 

Power in watts 

highly suitable, highly recommended 

suitable, recommended 

suitable to a certain degree 

not recommendable 

Disc Ø mm 

Stone 

Concrete, artificial/ 

natural stone and 

sandstone, clay 

Surface grinding 

Cutting < 30 mm 

Cutting > 30 mm 

Steel black, galvanized, non-tempered 

Sheet metal t < 5 mm, 

profiles s < 5 mm 

Cutting < 5 mm 


Breaking edges 



Plate < 5 mm, 

profiles s > 5 mm 


Weld preparation 

Surface grinding

two step-adjustable handles on the 2 500 Watt RedBear angle grinder. And much, 

much more. FLEX supplies one of the most sophisticated and innovative angle 

grinder ranges in the world. And you have at hand the power tools that you need 

for perfect results. 

Polish, mat 

Corrosion-proof steel 

Sheet metal t < 5 mm, 

plate t > 5 mm, 

profiles s < 5 mm, profiles > 5 mm 

Cutting, depth < 5 mm 

Cutting, depth > 5 mm 





Cast steel 

Cutting 

Deburr 

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 

– – – – – 

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – 

– – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – – – 

– – – – – – – – – – – 

– – – – – 

– – – – – – – – – – – – 

Note!!! 

For cutting a diamond wheel is needed or a special cutting guard is required for cutting with resin-bonded 

wheels 


Non-ferrous metals, synthetic materials 

Cutting 



Polish, mat 

Deburr 

Remove rust 

Remove paint 

Clean 


19



L 3709/115 L 3709/125 LE 9-10 125 


• Extensive dust protection for motor and gears 

• Lightweight, ergonomic design, short and versatile 

• Spindle lock 

• Side handgrip 

• Tool-free adjustment of safety guard 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Max. disc diameter 115 mm 

No load speed 10000 rpm 

Power input 750 watt 

Power output 450 watt 

Tool fixture M 14 

Weight 1,8 kg 

Type Order no. 

L 3709/115 334.979 







Weight 1,8 kg 


L 3709/125 334.987 

! Accessories from page 30 

! 

20 

Standard equipment: 

1 guard grinding 115 Ø 

1 handle 

1 clamping flange 

1 clamping nut M14 

1 pin wrench 



1 handle 



1 pin wrench 

Universal 900 watt angle grinder, 125 mm 

• Microprocessor electronics: with tachogenerator constant speed 

control, speed control, soft start, restart protection after power 

failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring 

• With double winding protection from metal dust; reduces motor 

wear and lengthens service life 



• This universal angle grinder is suited for steel/metal surface 

finishing, for work on the site/renovation as well as for vehicle 

bodywork and construction firms 

• Kickback stop - this shuts down the motor on the disc being 

blocked 




No load speed 6000-10000 rpm 




Weight 1,9 kg 


LE 9-10 125 350.672 

LE 9-10 125 in carry case 378.313 

Accessories from page 30 

Standard equipment 

LE 9-10 125: 


1 handle 



1 pin wrench 


LE 9-10 125 in carry case: 


1 handle 



1 pin wrench 

1 plastic carrying case with insert

L 10-10 125 LE 14-7 125 INOX 

1010 watt angle grinder, 125 mm 

• 3-fold winding protection from dust. Reduces motor wear, 

increases service life. Protective guard on the winding end of the 

armature and plated winding on the armature. 

• Epoxy-coated winding on the field coil 


• Compact, ergonomic design - snug fit in the hand 









Clamping neck Ø 40,3 mm 

Size ( W x L x H) 290 x 80 x 110 mm 

Weight 2,2 kg 


L 10-10 125 385.123 


1 guard grinding 

1 handle 

1 pin wrench 




! 




1400 watt INOXFLEX, specialist for stainless steels and 

steel alloys, 125 mm 

• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator 

constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power 


• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output 

• Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in medium and 

low speed range. Prevents blue discolouration and distortion due 

to the developement of heat. 

• Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to 

metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, 

increases service life 

• SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and 

vibration damping 



• Single-pole switch 

• This machine is also available in 110 V 



Max. polishing pad diameter 160 mm 





Weight 2,4 kg 


LE 14-7 125 INOX 364.924 



1 SoftVib handle 


1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14 

21



L 3309 FR L 3309 FRG 


• FR microprocessor control: tachogenerator constant speed 

control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, 

overload protection, temperature monitoring 


• Lightweight, ergonomic design 



• Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard 









Weight 1,9 kg 


L 3309 FR 296.805 


! 

22 






Super-slim 1010 watt angle grinder, 125 mm 



overload protection, temperature monitoring 



• Slender back stick handle: with dust-protected on/off switch 

located underneath, safety catch and lock 












Weight 1,9 kg 


L 3309 FRG 298.425 






1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14

LK 604 L 1506 VR 

1200 watt sander for use with abrasive sanding discs, 

175 mm 


• No guard needed when using the flexible backing pad 

• Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece 








Weight 3,2 kg 


LK 604 250.346 


1 side handle 

1 pin wrench 

1 flexible backing pad 170 Ø + 

clamping nut M 14 

! ! 

Accessories from page 29 Accessories from page 29 


• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed 

control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection 









Weight 1,9 kg 


L 1506 VR 266.930 




1 side handle 


1 pin wrench 



1 hook and loop backing pad 

115 Ø 

23



L 3410 FR L 3410 VR 




overload protection and temperature monitoring 














Weight 2,2 kg 


L 3410 FR 296.007 


! 

24 






Variable-speed 1400 watt angle grinder, 125 mm 





• Lightweight, ergonomic design - snug fit in the hand 

• Universal machine with infinately adjustable speed for sanding, 

grinding, roughing, cutting, deburring, plaster removal or 

de-rusting 












Weight 2,2 kg 


L 3410 VR 296.260 






1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14

L 1710 FRA L 3406 VRG 

1400 watt angle grinder with the extra-slim gear head, 

125 mm 

• FR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed 

control, soft start, overload protection 


• Lightweight design with slimline gear head, ideally suited for use 

in inaccessible places 











Weight 2,4 kg 


L 1710 FRA 259.733 







! 

Variable-speed 1400 watt angle grinder, 125 mm 





• Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch 

• Lightweight, ergonomic design with slim grip 

• Universal machine with infinately adjustable speed for sanding, 

grinding and polishing. For paint we recommend using the 

PE 14- 3 125 













Weight 2,2 kg 


L 3406 VRG 297.321 









25



L 21-6 230 L 24-6 230 


• Robust motor housing and gearbox housing. Stable and robust 

steel gearbox as well as a spindle bearing protected by a metal 

cap also increase reliability and durability 

• Ergonomically designed and very slender motor housing provides 

optimum guidance and handling. An additinal vibration damping 

ring between the motor housing and rear handle reduces the 

vibrations 

• SoftVib handgrip for reduced vibration can be mounted in three 

positions. 

• Rear shaft handle with soft padding for secure grip 


• Restart protection after power interruption 

• Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading 



• Cutting guard, optional accessory (order no. 389.625) 







Clamping neck Ø 64 mm 

Weight 5,2 kg 


L 21-6 230 391.514 


! 

26 




1 pin wrench BL 5 



NEW 


• Robust motor housing and gearbox housing. Stable and robust 

steel gearbox as well as a spindle bearing protected by a metal 

cap also increase reliability and durability 

• Ergonomically designed, very slender motor housing for optimum 

control and handling 

• SoftVib handgrip for reduced vibration can be mounted in three 

positions. 

• Rear shaft handle with soft padding for secure grip 


• Restart protection after power interruption 




• Cutting guard, optional accessory (order no. 389.625) 








Weight 5,8 kg 


L 24-6 230 391.522 





1 pin wrench BL 5 



NEW

L 3206 CD L 3208 CD 

Red Bear 2500 watt angle grinder, 230 mm 


• Multi-grip system with vibration cushioning: front Soft-Vib hand 

grip can be adjusted in steps up to 180°. With safety locking 

• For right and left handed cutting, rear handgrip rotates 2 x 90° 

• Damping element seperates rear hand grip from motor, bringing 

significant reduction in vibration transmission 


• Gearbox: particularly flat and robust aluminium die-cast 

construction 










Weight 6,2 kg 


L 3206 CD 322.717 




1 pin wrench 




! 

Red Bear 2500 watt angle grinder, 180 mm 


• Multi-grip system with vibration cushioning: front Soft-Vib hand 

grip can be adjusted in steps up to 180°. With safety locking 

• For right and left handed cutting, rear handgrip rotates 2 x 90° 

• Damping element seperates rear hand grip from motor, bringing 

significant reduction in vibration transmission 


• Gearbox: particularly flat and robust aluminium die-cast 

construction 

• Quick-release guard: tool-free adjustment 









Weight 6 kg 


L 3208 CD 322.725 







1 pin wrench 



27



H 1105 VE H 1127 VE 

710 watt low-speed straight grinder 

• VE electronic control: variable speed and overload protection 

• Clamping collar: 40 mm diameter 

• Machine length: approx. 330 mm 

• Collar length: approx. 53 mm, for optimum handling and 

reaching into hard-to-access areas 

• Suitable for fine grinding in mould construction, with pencil 

grinders and abrasive flap wheels up to max. 25 m/sec. 



Max. disc diameter resin/ 

ceramic up to 

30 mm 

Max. disc diameter fiber 

reinforced up to 

50 mm 

Tool fixture Ø 3, 6, 8 mm, ¼” 




Weight 2,1 kg 


H 1105 VE 269.956 


! 

28 


1 collet 6 mm Ø with clamping nut 

1 stopping claw SW 14 

1 open-ended wrench SW 19 

710 watt variable high-speed straight grinder 

• VE electronic control: variable speed and overload protection 

• Collar: 40 mm diameter, approx. 60 mm long 

• Machine length: approx. 325 mm 

• Long-necked design for optimum handling and reaching into 

hard-to-access areas 

• Lightweight design for fatigue-free work 



Max. disc diameter resin/ 

ceramic up to 

30 mm 

Max. disc diameter fiber 

reinforced up to 

50 mm 

Tool fixture Ø 3, 6, 8 mm, ¼” 




Weight 1,8 kg 


H 1127 VE 270.067 



1 collet 6 mm Ø with clamping nut 

1 stopping claw SW 14 

1 open-ended wrench SW 19

Guards for FLEX angle grinders. 

Suitable for 

Sanding guard Cutting guard 

Required when using 

resin-bonded wheels 


Accessories 

Guide carriage and guard 

for extractor 

Ø mm 115 125 180 230 125 230 125 230 

L 3709/115 335.258 – – – – – – – 

L 3709/125 – 335.266 – – 385.417 – – – 

LE 9-10 125 – 358.029 – – 385.425 – – – 

L 10-10 125 – 385.395 – – 385.409 – – – 

LE 14-7 125 INOX – 274.658 – – – – 254.797 – 

L 1710 FRA – 274.658 – – – – 254.797 – 

L 3406 VRG – 274.658 – – – – 254.797 – 

L 3309 FR – 294.438 – – – – – – 

L 3309 FRG – 294.438 – – – – – – 

L 3410 FR – 294.438 – – – – – – 

L 3410 VR – 294.438 – – – – – – 

L 21-6 230/L24-6 230 – – – 338.729 – 389.625 – – 

L 3206 CD – – – 265.179 – 389.633 – 252.963 

L 3208 CD – – 265.160 – – – – – 

29


Accessories 

Collets for H 1105 VE and H 1127 VE 

Collet 

Cutting discs 

30 

with clamping nut 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

3 Ø 1 229.741 

¼” Ø 1 229.776 

6 Ø 1 228.656 

8 Ø 1 229.768 

Diamantjet - diamond cutting disc, standard, concrete 

Fast, long-life universal cutting disc, suitable for concrete and 

stone 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø x 22,2 1 349.046 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

230 Ø x 22,2 1 349.054 

Diamantjet - diamond cutting disc, premium, tile 

Flap discs 

Fast, long-life tile cutting disc with closed diamond segment. 

Suitable for cutting all tiles, marble, slate, granite and natural 

stone. Precision cutting and low-noise 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

115 Ø x 22,2 1 349.011 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø x 22,2 1 349.038 

Flap disc for metal and stainless steel, cambered 

Ideal for flap-grinding metals, stainless steel, alloyed and 

non-alloyed steel, light metals, non ferrous metals, construction 

steel and cast iron. Removing welding spots and beads, 

processing welding seams, breaking and rounding edges. High 

material removal rate, guarantees effortless working without 

filling pores. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

125 Ø x 22,2 P 60 10 349.925 

125 Ø x 22,2 P 80 10 349.933 

SC-VL polishing flap wheel for metal and stainless steel, cambered 

Polishing flap wheel for sanding, cleaning and finishing on 

stainless steel, steel, titanium alloys, light metals, non-ferrous 

metals and plastics. Remove any tarnish, flash rust, scale and 

scratches. Remove any tarnish, flash rust, scale and scratches. 

Preparing, grinding and polishing welds. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Velcro system for L 3406 VRG 

Velcro backing M 14 

Velcro pad, cushioned M14 

Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX 

Elastic backing pad with velcro cover. 

Designation Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

125 Ø x 22,2 medium 5 358.606 

125 Ø x 22,2 fine 5 367.486 

QP Order 

number 

115 Ø 1 208.817 

Velcro bowl 125 Ø 1 231.983 

12 mm cell rubber for even pressure distribution for grinding, 

polishing or sealing. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

115 Ø 1 240.311 

125 Ø 1 350.737 

Ideally suited to working wood and metal. 


in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D115 Pu-P24 VE25 115 Ø P 24 25 381.195 

D115 Pu-P40 VE50 115 Ø P 40 50 381.209 

D115 Pu-P60 VE50 115 Ø P 60 50 381.217 

D115 Pu-P80 VE50 115 Ø P 80 50 381.225 

D115 Pu-P100 V50 115 Ø P 100 50 381.233 

D115 Pu-P120 VE50 115 Ø P 120 50 381.241 

D115 Pu-P150 VE50 115 Ø P 150 50 381.268 

D115 Pu-P180 VE50 115 Ø P 180 50 381.276

Velcro sandingpaper ZIRCOFLEX 

Ideally suited for high removal rates and high load on wood 

and metal substrates. The support fabric is extremely tearresistant 

and is characterised by high cost-effectiveness. Can 

be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm. 


in mm 

Velcro sandingpaper CERAFLEX 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25 125 Ø A 40 25 393.185 

D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25 125 Ø A 60 25 393.193 

D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25 125 Ø A 80 25 393.207 

Ideal for sanding stainless steel surfaces and grinding weld 

seams. The support fabric is extremely tear-resistant. Low heat 

generation and longer service life ensure high cost-effectiveness. 

Can be used with Velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm. 


in mm 

Velcro sandingpaper CORKFLEX 

Natural fibre felt pad 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D125 CE-K80 VE50 125 Ø K 80 50 393.215 

D125 CE-K120 VE50 125 Ø K 120 50 393.223 

D125 CE-K180 VE50 125 Ø K 180 50 393.231 

Ideal for deep cleaning the surface, the cork accessory 

provides a greater gloss and better haptics. Fine sanding tool 

with coarse structure and stable fabric base. Reduces heat 

generation on the surface and 3 times longer service life than 

comparable sanding tools. Can be used with velcro pad max. 

Ø 125 mm. 


in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D125 CO-P280 VE15 125 Ø P 280 15 393.258 

D125 CO-P400 VE15 125 Ø P 400 15 393.266 

D125 CO-P800 VE15 125 Ø P 800 15 393.274 

Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, non-ferrous metals, 

wood surfaces, mineral-based materials, paints, glass, acrylic 

glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/agents and oils 

for sealing and care). 


in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

FP D125 H VE5 125 Ø hard 5 393.347 

FP D125 S VE5 125 Ø soft 5 393.355 

Polishing sponge, blue 

Polishing sponge, white 

Sponge of a medium-hard, coarse foam structure and high 

resistance to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing 

and as a centering aid. Particularly for weathered, dull 

paints and for scratches in combination with the SpecialPolish 

compound. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

PS-B 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.388 

PS-B 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.396 

Sponge of a medium-hard, fine foam structure and highly 

resistant to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing 

and as a centering aid. Particularly for removing minor traces 

of wear and streaks in combination with the SpecialPolish 

compound. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

PS-W 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.426 

PS-W 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.434 

Backing pad for LG 1707 FR and LK 604 

Flexible backing pad with clamping nut M 14 

Clamping nut M 14 

Backing pads for fiber grinding discs. 

For backing pad. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

170 Ø 1 124.079 

Brush for L 3406 VRG, L 1710 FRA 

Steel wire 0,3 mm 

Steel wire 0,5 mm 

Corrugated, mount M 14 

Knot-type, mount M 14 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

1 124.109 

QP Order 

number 

60 Ø 1 124.516 

Dimensions 

in mm 


Accessories 

QP Order 

number 

65 Ø 1 124.524 

31


Accessories 

Accessories 

Cutting stone with diamond discs 

125 mm cutting guard 

32 

With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction 

nozzle for cutting discs with 125 mm Ø for 

flange without groove. 


For push and pull cuts with vacuum set and 

adjustable support, extraction nozzle with 

32 mm outer Ø, collar Ø 62 mm, cut depth 

65 mm max. 

Quick-clamp nut 

FixTec quick clamp nut M 14 

For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs 

from Ø 115-150 mm. 

SDS-Clic quick-clamp nut 

For tool-less disc change suitable for discs 

from Ø 150-230 mm. 

suitable 

– not suitable 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

LE 9-10 125/3709 

L 10-10 125 

LE 14-7 125 

L 3309 /L 3410 

L 1506 VR 

L 3406 VRG 

L 1710 FRA 

L 21-6 230/L24-6 230 

L 3206 CD 

L 3208 CD 

125 Ø 1 254.797 - - - - - - - 

230 Ø 1 252.963 - - - - - - - - - 

1 313.459 - - - 

1 253.049

Accessories 

Side handles 

SoftVib side handle 

Side handgrip 

Carrying case 

SoftVib handle with integral, patented pin 

wrench (DE10117835A1) and vibration cushioning, 

significantly reducing the vibration 

transmitted to hands and arms. 

Handle for angle grinder, thread M10. 

Small metal carrying case 

For all angle grinders with disc Ø up to 

125 mm. 

Carry case 

Case insert 

Without insert. For the machines L 3709, 

LE 9-10 125, L 10-10 125 select insert no. 

378.305. For the machines OS/OSE 80-2, 

OD/ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2 select insert no. 

379.387. 

Matching insert for carry case 376.094. 

For angle grinders L 3709, L 10-10 125 and 

LE 9-10 125. 

Type Designation Size 

( W x L x H) 

QP Order 

number 

LE 9-10 125/3709 

L 10-10 125 

LE 14-7 125 

L 3309 /L 3410 


Accessories 

L 1506 VR 

L 3406 VRG 

L 1710 FRA 

L 21-6 230/L24-6 230 

L 3206 CD 

L 3208 CD 

M 8 1 316.857 - - - - - 


SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning, M 8 1 325.376 - - - - - 

significantly reducing the vibration transmitted 

to hands and arms and reducing the risk 

of vibration-related injury to the operator. 

M 14 1 325.384 - - - - - - - - - 

1 335.274 - - - - - - - - 

1 303.224 - - - 

TK-L 360x228x135 360 x 228 x 135 1 376.094 - - - - - - - - 

TKE L3709/L10-10/LE9-10 1 378.305 - - - - - - - - 

33


34 

Are you looking to attain 

the perfect finish 

on metal surfaces? 

Whether on flat or curved surfaces, in angles or corners, the FLEX surface finishing 

programe is always the right choice for brilliant results. 

With our special-purpose power tools, matching accessories and range of abrasives, 

we provide you with the ideal systems to achieve perfect results. The machines and 

accessories are also supplied as Profi-kits in a carry case, making things even easier. 

For balustrade work, tank construction and all surface processing, we have the 

right machines. Our fillet weld grinder and our special finger grinder help you 

reach the most difficult to access areas, for perfect results every time. All power 

tools naturally feature speed control to ensure they always offer you optimum 

performance for your various applications. 

Your demand for a quality finish is the driving fact that inspires us to develop power 

tools, that make your work easier and still attains that perfect finish.

The specialists for stainless steel finishing. 

 

 

Machines 


LE 14-7 125 INOX 

Fillet weld grinder 

LLK 1503 VR 

Burnishing machine 

LP 1503 VR 

Weld and pipe 

belt sander 

LBR 1506 VRA 

Pipe belt sander 

LRP 1503 VRA 

Belt file 

LBS 1105 VE 

Finger sander 

ST 1005 VE 



System 

Grinding surfaces 

Polish surfaces 

Grinding welds 

Grinding fillet welds 

 

Grinding fillet welds in difficult-to-access places 

 

“linear image” 

Grinding surfaces 

Burnish surfaces 

Polish surfaces 

Grinding pipes 

 

 

 


Burnish pipes 

Polish pipes 

Grinding in difficult-to-access places 

Polish in difficult-to-access places 

 

Grinding linearly into the corners 

 

35



The INOXFLEX. The specialist for finishing stainless steels 

and steel alloys. 

The speed control ensures that the speed is correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing. The speeds stay constant under load. 

The LE 14-7 125 INOX has a soft start for a jerk-free start-up. Temperature monitoring prevents any fused windings. The restart 

protection stops the machine from inadvertently starting after a power failure. The completely cast electronic component 

prevents damage due to metal dust. 

Superior performance 

Powerful, strong 1400 watt motor for quick 

working progress. Features constant speed 

control thanks to a tachogenerator. 

SoftVib handle 

Dampens vibrations, protects the operator‘s 

joints. 

Optimally aligned 

Special gear ratio for high torque in the 

medium and low speed range. Prevents blue 

discolouration and distortion from heat. 

Toolfree 

Dust guard with tool-free quick adjustment. 

Simple and quick adjustment to different 

working positions. 

Spindle stop 

Easy tool change with the integrated spindle 

stop. Protected from accidental press. 

FixTec quick clamp nut 

for tool-free and quick disc change. 

Safe 

3-fold winding protection against metal 

dust. Prevents the ingress of dust and 

therefore reduces motor wear. Mesh guard 

on the winding overhang of the armature 

(fan side) also extends the service life. 

Robust 

Armoured winding on the armature 

(commutator side) protects against 

deposits and damage to the armature and 

commutator. 

Durable 

Epoxy-coated winding on the field core 

protects against abrasive dust and short 

circuits on the field. 

37



Adjusted to all the different practical requirements. 

38 

Type Zircon flap disc Cutting disc, thin SC-VL disc Fillet disc 

Ø mm 

FixTec M 14* 

Velcro pad “Hook” 

Recommended speed 

Applications 

125 x 22,2 125 x 1 x 22,2 125 x 22,2 125 x 6 x 22,2 

 

QP Grit Order no. QP 

Order no. 

QP Grit Order no. QP Grit Order no. 

10 P 60 349.925 10 349.836 5 medium 358.606 10 6A medium 358.711 

10 P 80 349.933 5 fine 367.486 10 3S fine 358.703 

4.000-7.000 7.000 2.500-4.500 2.500-5.000 

Ideal for flap-grinding 

metals, stainless steel, alloyed 

and nonalloyed steel, 

light metals, non ferrous 

metals, construction steel 

and cast iron. 

Removing welding spots 

and beads, processing welding 

seams, breaking and 

rounding edges. 

High material removal rate, 

guarantees effortless working 

without filling pores. 

Straight, for fast low-force 

cutting of thin-walled 

pipes, profiles and plates. 

Reduced cutting pressure 

and extremely low chipping 

for cool cutting. 

Ensures burr-free edges and 

prevents blue discoloration. 

30% longer service life by 

packaging in stay-fresh can. 

Removing light damage and 

scratches 

Removing tarnish, flash 

rust and scales 

Preparing, grinding and 

polishing welding seams 

For grinding, cleaning and 

finishing stainless steel, 

steel, titanium alloys, light 

metals, non-ferrous metals 

and plastics. 

Grinding welding seams 

Removing tarnish 

High-quality surfaces on 

welding seams in a single 

work step. The perfect disc 

for quick and high-quality 

fillet weld processing. 

Ideal for alloyed and high 

alloyed steels, chromed and 

nickled steels, titanium, 

light metals, non-ferrous 

metals and steels. 

Profiling stone see page 51.

PYRAFLEX SC fleece disc Felt pad 

PP-W PP-B PP-C 

125 125 125 

 

10 A 160 (K 120) 364.592 10 coarse 358.614 5 hard 393.347 1 (~ 700 g) 1 (~ 700 g) 1 (~ 1 kg) 

10 A 65 (K 280) 358.797 10 medium 358.622 5 soft 393.355 

10 A 45 (K 400) 358.800 10 very fine 358.630 

10 A 30 (K 600) 358.819 255.004 255.005 255.006 

4.000-5.000 2.500-4.500 2.500-3.000 

Removing scratches and 

mill scale from stainless 

steel 

Creating a grinding pattern 

according to defined quality 

criteria (looks, surface 

finish). 

Preparing for polishing 

PYRAFLEX enables quicker 

work progress. Compared 

with conventional grinding 

discs, every second work 

step can be left out. Shortens 

work time and improves 

surface quality, increases 

service life. For all steels, 

particularly suitable for 

stainless steels, titanium, 

nickel, cobalt and chrome 

alloys. 

Removing light damage and 

scratches 

Removing tarnish, flash 

rust, scales and dirt 

Removing tarnish on 

welding seams of thin 

sheets without heat 

distortion. 

For grinding, cleaning and 

finishing stainless steel, 

steel, titanium alloys, light 

metals, non-ferrous metals 

and plastics. 

Made from natural raw 

materials. 

Ideally suited for polishing 

stainless steel, non-ferrous 

metals, wood surfaces, 

mineral-based materials, 

paints, glass, acrylic glass 

(in conjunction with the 

correct polishes/agents and 

oils for sealing and care). 



QP Grit Order no. QP Grit Order no. QP Order no. QP QP QP 

Order no. Order no. Order no. 

Felt pad: Wheels for use with polishing pastes and 

polishing creams 

Step 1: PP-W 

pre-polishing paste 

Step 2: PP-B 

high-gloss paste 

Step 3: PP-C 

final polishing 

39


Overview of power tools and accessories 

LE 14-7 125 INOX Set 

1400 watt INOXFLEX, specialist for stainless steels and 

steel alloys, 125 mm 





• Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in medium and 

low speed range. Prevents blue discolouration and distortion due 

to the developement of heat. 








• Single-pole switch 









Weight 2,4 kg 


LE 14-7 125 INOX Set 364.614 

40 






1 flap disc P 60 

1 fillet weld disc 6 A medium 

1 SC-VL polishing flap wheel medium 

1 SC fleece disc coarse 

1 SC fleece disc medium 

1 SC fleece disc very fine 

1 PyraFLEX A 160 




3 GlossFLEX Disc 

1 hook and loop backing pad Hook 

1 Poli set mini 

1 case insert 

1 plastic carry case 

Accessories INOXFLEX LE 14-7 125 

Poli set mini white/blue/creme 

Velcro backing pad 

Polishing set, consisting of: polishing paste white, polishing 

paste blue, 100 g each and polishing cream, 100 g. 

Designation QP Order 

number 

PP - W/B/C 1 set 365.041 

With 8-hole system for optimum dust extraction for all FLEX 

velcro sanding tools Ø 125 mm. The 3 mm cellular rubber 

damping reduces the shearing forces between support pad 

and sanding tool. Thanks to long velcro hooks, there is greater 

temperature resistance at a high load. 


in mm 

Hook and loop backing pad “Hook” 


Carry case 

Insert for carry case 

QP Order 

number 

SP D125-8 H/F 125 Ø 1 391.727 

Backing pad with foamed base and hook fasteners. Uniform 

distribution of pressure for sanding and polishing. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

Velcro hook 125 Ø x M 14 1 364.584 

For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs from 

Ø 115-150 mm. 

From impact-resistant plastic for LE 14-7 125. 

Designation Size 

( W x L x H) 

QP Order 

number 

1 313.459 

QP Order 

number 

TK-L 530x375x130 530 x 375 x 130 1 367.192 

Carry case insert for LE 14-7 125 INOX Set with tidy function. 


number 

TKE LE14-7 INOX 1 367.206

LP 1503 VR LP 1503 VR Set 

Burnishing machine for high-gloss surfaces 



• Adjustable guard: for sanding tools up to Ø 115 mm 

• Sanding tool replacement: tool-free with knurled screw 

• Infinately adjustable speed for optimum finishing of various 

materials for burnishing, structuring, polishing, brushing, 

smoothing, de-rusting and deburring of steel and stainless steel 

surfaces. 





Max. tool Ø 115 mm 

Tool width 100 mm 

Tool fixture 19 mm 


Weight 3,1 kg 


LP 1503 VR 244.333 

! 

LP 1503 VR Set 319.015 



LP 1503 VR Set: 

1 air pump 

1 rubber air roller 

1 drive roller 

1 set of distance rings 

1 fleece A 280/fine 

1 sanding sleeve, P 60 



1 fleece sanding sleeve, A 240 

1 fleece sanding sleeve, A 400 

1 sanding-polishing sleeve, S 600 

1 sanding-polishing sleeve, S 1500 

2 velcro drive belts 

1 velcro fleece belt A 180 

2 velcro sanding belts, P 120 

1 superfinishing band S 1500 

1 plastic carrying case with insert 



Burnish with ease with 

the rubber air roller. The 

air cushion adapts to any 

material contour. 

For a linear image on 

the surface: grinding, 

burnishing, matting and 

polishing. 

This rounds it off. Rubber 

drive roller and polishing 

fleece mirror-finish stainless 

steel guard-rails. 

41



LBS 1105 VE LBS 1105 VE Set 

Belt file 


• VE electronic control: for infinately adjustable belt speed 

• Sanding head: rotates through 140°. For use with sanding arms 

in 9 mm or 30 mm 

• Quick belt replacement system: for quick, tool-free belt 

replacement 





Belt speed 4-12 m/sec 

Belt dimensions LBS 1105 VE 533 x 4-9 mm 

Belt dimensions LBS 1105 VE Set 533 x 4-30 mm 

Weight 2,5 kg 


LBS 1105 VE 270.113 

LBS 1105 VE Set 319.007 

! 


42 


LBS 1105 VE: 

1 sanding arm (pointed) 9 mm 

1 sanding belt kit for 9 mm sanding 

arm, P 40/ P 120/ P 220 

1 side handle 

1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 


LBS 1105 VE Set: 

1 sanding arm, pointed, 9 mm 

1 sanding arm, with large roller, 

Ø 30/30 mm 

2 sanding belts, P 60, 4 mm 






1 sanding fleece, A 240, 9 mm 

1 sanding fleece, A 240, 30 mm 

1 side handle 



The belt file - the 

specialist for those 

difficult- to-access places. 

De-scale, sand-down 

and polish welds in 

those difficult-to-access 

places.Even the insides of 

cavities and tubes can be 

reached.

LBR 1506 VRA 

1200 watt weld and pipe belt sander 




• Sanding belt tension: spring loaded, adapts to pipe diameter 

from 10 to 250 mm 

• Sanding belt replacement: quick and easy 

• Hand grip directly over the sanding belt for fatigue-free work 

• Sanding belts: wide assortment included sanding fleece for 

stainless steel applications 

• Infinately adjustable belt speed 

• Grinding weld seam directly on front contact roller with locked 

front swing arm 

• Grinding pipes: between two rollers with unlocked front swing 

arm. The grinding belt wraps around the pipe and adapts to the 

pipe diameter 






Belt dimensions 40 x 618 mm 

Weight 4,2 kg 


LBR 1506 VRA 282.499 

! 



1 side handle 

1 sanding belt, continuous, P 60 



1 sanding fleece, continuous, 

A 240, 618 x 40 mm 






Perfect for sanding weld 

seams. The circulating 

belt carries off the 

heat. Weld seams can be 

sanded down on stainless 

steel without tempering. 

The specialist for larger 

pipe diameters. The 

sanding belt adapts itself 

to any curve – up to 250 

mm diameter. 

43



LRP 1503 VRA 

Boa pipe belt sander 




• Sanding belt replacement: quick and tool-free 

• High-quality, spring-mounted sanding arm: light alloy with 

2 deflection rollers. For optimum wrap-round on pipes, up to 

max. 270° 

• Additional side handle: can be rotated 180°, for narrow places 

• Swinging the supplementary grip locks the sanding arm to allow 

work in confined spaces, e.g. sanding hand rails near walls. 






Belt dimensions 760 x 40/20 mm 

Pipe Ø max. 125 mm 

Weight 3,7 kg 


LRP 1503 VRA 324.442 

! 


44 


1 sanding belt, continuous, 

P 80, 760 x 40 mm 


P 120, 760 x 20 mm 


P 220, 760 x 20 mm 


A 400, 760 x 40 mm 


A 240, 760 x 40 mm 

1 sanding-polishing belt, 

continuous, S 600, 760 x 40 mm 

1 sanding-polishing belt, 

continuous, S 1500, 760 x 40 mm 


guide pulley 

sanding belt 

pipe 

drive roll 

The FLEX sanding boa for 

the complete seamless 

working of tubes. 

Pipe bends, sanding and 

polishing can be done 

in a clear-cut and rapid 

manner.

LLK 1503 VR 

Fillet weld grinder 


• VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and 

constant speed control, soft start, overload protection. 

• Infinately adjustable speed for optimum processing of various 

materials. 

• Slim sanding head: sand and polish with ease in corners, easy to 

guide 

• Quality abrasives: compressed fleece-fibre nylon 

• Profiling stone: for pre-profiling the grinding discs 






Weight 3,4 kg 


LLK 1503 VR 315.257 

! 



1 profiling stone 


1 compact grinding disc, 3 mm, soft 

1 compact grinding disc, 3 mm, hard 

1 compact grinding disc, 6 mm, soft 

1 compact grinding disc, 6 mm, hard 




Even difficult-to-reach 

places on welded pipe 

fabrications can be 

worked on with the preprofiled 

grinding discs. 

Neatly de-scale fillet 

welds. You will discover 

its strengths where conventional 

tools get no 

further. 

An exactly pre-profiled 

compressed disc always 

ensures precision radii. It 

is all down to the profiling 

stone. 

45



ST 1005 VE 

Finger sander 

• VE electronic control: infinately adjustable stroke speed via 

speed selector wheel 

• Free view of the tool 

• 2 polishing shoes with Velcro polishing cushion 39 x 60 mm 

• The linear movement of the tilted sanding pad allows the finger 

sander to reach into corners and edges, particularly with the 

pointed pad 

• Short, compact motor 

• Handy, lightweight design 

• For a perfect finish on steel and stainless steel surfaces in 

hard-to-reach areas 

• Long stroke for efficient working 




Sanding medium 39 x 60 mm 

Orbit 8 mm 

Orbit rate, no load 1200-4500 opm 

Weight 2,2 kg 


ST 1005 VE 259.540 

46 


2 polishing shoes with velcro 

polishing cushion 

10 velcro sand papers, P 60 



10 velcro fleece, A 240, 39 x 60 mm 


Accessories ST 1005 VE 

Velcro sanding paper 

Velcro sanding fleece 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

39 x 60 P 60 10 258.299 

39 x 60 P 120 10 258.300 

39 x 60 P 180 10 258.301 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Polishing shoe, square 

Polishing shoe, pointed 

Grit QP Order 

number 

39 x 60 A 240 10 258.302 

With Velcro polishing cushion. 

With Velcro backing. 

QP Order 

number 

1 258.031 

QP Order 

number 

1 255.265 

Linear grinding pattern 

up into the corner. It is 

all down to the finger 

sander and its linear 

movement.

Accessories angle grinders for metal and Inox 

Superfinishing pad 

Backed fleece 

Spare fleece 

High-performance polishing pad for high-gloss polishing of 

stainless steel and metals, no polishing mediums. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

125 Ø S 600 1 318.191 

125 Ø S 1500 1 318.205 

125 Ø S 2500 1 320.234 

Fibre-back and M 14 threaded flange for removing scratches 

in glass, stainless steel, acrylic and high-gloss polishing 

of stainless steel. Use only with the respective polishing 

mediums. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø 1 122.726 

175 Ø 1 122.734 

With fiber backing. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Buffing wheel mount, M 14 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø 1 122.742 

175 Ø 1 122.750 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

60 1 123.803 

Accessories LP 1503 VR 

Poli-clean 

Flap wheel sanding 

Sanding fleece top 

Sanding fleece 


Accessories 

Hard-structured fleece wheel. For cleaning welds and intensive, 

pore-deep removal of rust and oxidation layers. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 100 extra coarse 1 257.375 

Flexible sanding wheel with individual flexible flap-type sanding 

lamellae and keyway. 2 wheels are required. For paint removal, 

sanding and strong graining applications. Removes scratches, 

rust, old paint, scale and burrs. The 40 grit employed enables the 

removal of even deep scratches on stainless steel. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 50 P 40 1 250.496 

100 Ø x 50 P 60 1 250.498 

100 Ø x 50 P 80 1 250.499 

100 Ø x 50 P 120 1 250.501 

100 Ø x 50 P 180 1 250.504 

100 Ø x 50 P 240 1 250.505 

100 Ø x 100 P 40 1 358.827 

100 Ø x 100 P 60 1 358.835 

100 Ø x 100 P 80 1 358.843 

100 Ø x 100 P 120 1 358.851 

100 Ø x 100 P 180 1 358.878 

100 Ø x 100 P 240 1 358.886 

Flexible fleece roller with heavy-duty fleece. Maximum service 

life and high grinding power shorten the grinding time. 

For stainless steel, steel, copper, brass and aluminium. For 

cleaning, burnishing and smoothing. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 100 A 80 (coarse) 1 377.910 

100 Ø x 100 A 180 (medium) 1 377.929 

100 Ø x 100 A 280 (fine) 1 377.937 

Flexible polishing wheel made of sanding grit-impregnated 

nylon web with a keyway. Two wheels are required (for 50 mm 

wide fleece only). Achieves effective surface finishes on 

stainless steel, copper, aluminum, brass, etc. Also ideal for 

cleaning oxidized coatings and smoothing plastic and wood. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 50 A 80 (coarse) 1 250.509 

100 Ø x 50 A 160 (medium) 1 250.510 

100 Ø x 50 A 280 (fine) 1 250.512 

100 Ø x 50 A 400 (very fine) 1 250.513 

100 Ø x 100 A 80 (coarse) 1 256.973 

100 Ø x 100 A 160 (medium) 1 256.974 

100 Ø x 100 A 280 (fine) 1 256.975 

100 Ø x 100 A 400 (very fine) 1 256.976 

47


Accessories 

Sanding fleece flap 

Grinding fleece, folded 

Fine polishing roller 

Nylon brushes 

48 

Impregnated with sanding grits. Flexible, interspersed plastic 

brushes. For deburring, cleaning, roughing and smoothing. 

(Also suitable for wood, brushing applications and removing 

fibres.) Needed is one piece plus distance ring set (order no. 

250.522). 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Stainless steel wire brush 

Flexible combination of sanding flap and sanding fleece. Two 

wheels are required (for 50 wide). Suitable for dulling and 

finishing. Removes small scratches on metal, hard plastics and 

wood. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Flexible polishing wheel with multiple-folded grinding fleece 

for practically ridge-free grinding stainless steel, copper, 

aluminium, brass, etc. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 70 S 80 1 251.624 

Flexible stainless steel wire brush. Rust removal, deburring, 

roughing and paint removal. Needed is one piece plus distance 

ring set (Order no. 250.522). 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 100 A 100 1 347.272 

100 Ø x 100 A 180 1 347.280 

100 Ø x 100 A 280 1 347.299 

Soft rubber polishing wheel made of grit-impregnated rubber 

web. 2 rollers are required. For particularly bright longitudinal 

structures. Best effects are achieved on stainless steel. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 50 P 80/A 160 1 250.515 

100 Ø x 50 P 150/A 280 1 250.516 

100 Ø x 50 P 240/A 280 1 358.894 

100 Ø x 100 P 80/A 160 1 256.977 

100 Ø x 100 P 150/A 280 1 256.978 

100 Ø x 100 P 240/A 280 1 358.908 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 50 grit 60 1 250.525 

100 Ø x 50 grit 180 1 250.526 

QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 70 1 251.625 

Stranded wire brushes 

Polishing felt 

Cotton buffing wheel 

Distance ring set 

INOX Clean spray 

Rubber air roller 

Made of strong, twisted, gold-colored steel wire. Extremely 

tough and rigid. For rust removal, deburring, removing dirt 

and old paint. Brings up the grain structure in wood. Needed is 

one piece plus distance ring set (order no. 250.522). 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 70 1 251.626 

Soft, flexible felt polishing wheel. Two wheels are required. For 

high-gloss polishing when using polishing pastes and creams. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 50 1 257.374 

Polishing ring made of impregnated cotton cloth. Achieves a highgloss 

polished finish on aluminum, brass and stainless steel. Needed 

are 8 pieces plus distance ring set (order no. 250.522). 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

100 Ø x 10 8 317.950 

Required for nylon brushes, stainless steel wire brushes, 

stranded wire brushes, cotton buffing wheels. Also necessary 

for sanding flaps, sanding fleeces, sanding fleece flaps, fine 

sanding rollers and sanding wheels less than 100 mm wide if 

only one sanding wheel is to be mounted. 

To seal the surface, 400 ml tin. 

For sensitive contour sanding. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

8 250.522 

QP Order 

number 

1 298.301 

QP Order 

number 

90 Ø x 100 1 256.415 

With air pump and ring fastener. For sensitive contour sanding. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

90 Ø x 100 1 257.004

Air pump 

Sanding-polishing sleeve 

For pumping up rubber air rollers. 

QP Order 

number 

1 256.284 

For high-gloss polishing without polishing agents in two steps. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

90 Ø x 100 S 600 1 318.175 

90 Ø x 100 S 1500 1 318.183 

Zirconium corundum sanding sleeves 

For coarse and medium sanding. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Fleece sanding sleeves 

Drive roller 

Drive roller 

Carry case with insert 

Grit QP Order 

number 

90 Ø x 100 P 60 blue 5 256.285 

90 Ø x 100 P 100 grey 5 256.286 

90 Ø x 100 P 180 brown 5 256.287 

For decorative finishes. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

90 Ø x 100 A 100 brown 1 256.288 

90 Ø x 100 A 240 red 1 256.289 

90 Ø x 100 A 400 blue 1 256.290 

For sanding belt drive. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

60 Ø x 100 1 255.731 

With stainless steel guide discs. Needed is the distance ring set 

(Order no. 250.522). 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

62 Ø x 70 1 303.054 

Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for 

LP 1503 VR. 

QP Order 

number 

1 319.066 


Accessories 

Belts for LP 1503 VR / LBR 1506 VRA 

Sanding belt 


Felt belt 

For polishing pipes and pipe fittings. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

618 x 40 P 36 10 223.670 

618 x 40 P 60 10 223.689 

618 x 40 P 120 10 266.132 

618 x 40 P 240 10 250.610 


Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

618 x 40 A 100 3 317.969 

618 x 40 A 240 3 317.977 

618 x 40 A 400 3 317.985 

For polishing stainless steel surfaces. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Belts for LP 1503 VR 

Velcro sanding belt 

Velcro fleece 

Superfinishing band 

QP Order 

number 

618 x 40 1 255.003 


Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

600 x 40 P 60 10 284.718 

600 x 40 P 120 10 284.726 


Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

600 x 40 A 100 2 281.069 

600 x 40 A 180 2 281.077 

600 x 40 S 400 2 281.085 

For high-gloss polishing of stainless steel. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

600 x 40 S 1500 2 318.736 

49


Accessories 

Velcro drive belt, blue 

Accessories LBS 1105 VE 

Sanding arm, 9 mm, pointed 

50 

for extremely tight spaces. Application cases: Sanding wedge 

seams (small radius), sanding down corrosion spots, smoothen 

tight contours, deburring edges, sanding banisters, sanding 

groove gaps for tongue-and-groove boards. 

Dimension of 

roller in mm 

Sanding arm, 9 mm, cambered 

QP Order 

number 

25 Ø x 9 1 256.525 

For angles and tight spaces. Application cases: Sanding wedge 

seams (large radius), deburring edges, sanding banisters, 

sanding groove gaps for tongue-and-groove boards. 

Dimension of 

roller in mm 

Sanding arm, 30 mm, small roller 

QP Order 

number 

25 Ø x 9 1 256.532 

For edges and surfaces. Application cases: Sanding butt seam 

welds, deburring edges, sanding surfaces, removing rust. 

Dimension of 

roller in mm 

Sanding arm, 30 mm, large roller 

For closing and releasing the different belts. Simple 

application - tensile resistance up to 100 kg. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Adhesive tape for sanding belt 

QP Order 

number 

20 Ø x 30 1 255.282 

For pipes and curves. Application cases: Sanding weld seams on 

pipes, sanding down radii and transitions, deburring. 

Dimension of 

roller in mm 

QP Order 

number 

700 x 30 2 281.050 

For sealing open sanding belts for the LP 1503 VR. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

40 x 5000 1 251.838 

QP Order 

number 

30 Ø x 30 1 258.888 

Sanding belt, 4 mm 



Sanding fleece, 9 mm 

Continuous, for 9 mm sanding arm. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

533 x 4 P 40 10 303.607 

533 x 4 P 60 10 303.615 

533 x 4 P 120 10 303.623 

533 x 4 P 220 10 303.631 


Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

533 x 9 P 40 10 257.101 

533 x 9 P 60 10 257.105 

533 x 9 P 120 10 257.102 

533 x 9 P 220 10 257.103 


Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

533 x 30 P 40 10 256.538 

533 x 30 P 60 10 255.328 

533 x 30 P 120 10 255.329 

533 x 30 P 220 10 255.330 


Dimensions 

in mm 

Sanding fleece, 30 mm 


Grit QP Order 

number 

533 x 9 A 240 3 318.663 

533 x 9 A 400 3 318.671 


Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

533 x 30 A 240 3 318.647 

533 x 30 A 400 3 318.655 


Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

533 x 30 S 600 1 318.132 

533 x 30 S 1500 1 318.140

Felt belt, 9 mm 

Felt belt, 30 mm 



Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

533 x 9 1 259.420 


Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

533 x 30 1 259.419 


LBS 1105 VE. 

Accessories LRP 1503 VRA 

Sanding belt 




Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

1 319.074 

Grit QP Order 

number 

760 x 40 P 80 10 326.739 

760 x 40 P 120 10 326.755 

760 x 40 P 220 10 326.771 

760 x 20 P 120 10 326.801 

760 x 20 P 220 10 326.836 


Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

760 x 40 A 100 3 326.895 

760 x 40 A 240 3 326.879 

760 x 40 A 400 3 326.852 


Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

760 x 40 S 600 1 326.917 

760 x 40 S 1500 1 326.933 

INOX Clean spray 


To seal the surface, 400 ml tin. 


Accessories 

QP Order 

number 

1 298.301 


LRP 1503 VRA. 

Accessories LLK 1503 VR 

Compact grinding disc 

Profiling stone 

QP Order 

number 

1 327.603 

Professional sanding discs: hot-compressed compact sanding 

discs for stainless steel, metal, and other materials in 2 different 

thicknesses and hardnesses: the hard sanding disc is used 

for grinding, the soft one for polishing. 

Dimensions 

in mm 



Grit QP Order 

number 

152 x 3 x 25 soft 1 313.416 

152 x 3 x 25 hard 1 313.424 

152 x 6 x 25 soft 1 313.432 

152 x 6 x 25 hard 1 313.440 

For pre-profiling the compressed sanding discs. 

For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs from 

Ø 115-150 mm. 

QP Order 

number 

1 315.494 

QP Order 

number 

1 313.459 


LLK 1503 VR. 

QP Order 

number 

1 319.082 

51

Saws 

52 

FLEX saws for the professional 

Whether renovating and restoring or cutting different materials – the robust 

reciprocating, circular and band saws from FLEX are characterised by their 

powerful and precise cuts. 

The FLEX reciprocating saws feature powerful and robust motors for rapid work 

progress and long service life. The variable speed settings allow the speed to be 

adjusted optimally to the corresponding workpiece. The accelerator switch enables 

sensitive start-sawing when making the first cut. 

The metal band saw SBG 4910 offers greater flexibility. It can be activated and 

hand-controlled with a saw bench or by a simple handle on the saw bench. 

The CS 60 WET diamond stone cutter is the ideal machine for stonemasons, 

kitchen and shop fitters and tilers who have to make precise and clean separating 

and mitre cuts in natural and artificial stone; the machine can also be used in 

gardening and landscaping.

Keen to cut pipes, profiles and angles 

 

 

Machines 

Sabre saw 

S 2902 VV 

Sabre saw 

SKE 2902 VV 

Pipe sabre saw 

SR 602 VV 

Pipe sabre saw 

SK 602 VV 



Metal-cutting band saw 

SBG 4910 

Metal-cutting circular saw 

CSM 4060 

Drywall saw 

CSE 55 T 

(Page 116) 

Wet stone cutter 

CS 60 WET 

(Page 276) 

Metal pipes 

Metal profiles 

 

 

 

 

Solid metal 

Sheet metal 

Steel grating 

Timber 

Chipboard/OSB 

Gypsum/cement/ 

concrete 

Aluminium 

 

 

Acrylic glass 

 

Natural stone 

Saws 

Artificial stone 

 

53

Saws 


SR 602 VV SK 602 VV 

Variable-speed pipe sabre saw with pipe clamp 


• VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start 

with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection and 


• Orbital stroke: selective 

• For sawing pipes up to 4" at an exact right angle, without 

exerting high force 

• Extremely rugged and powerful version with large rectangular 

thrust bar for high loading when used with a pipe clamp or chain 

clamping fixture 



Orbit 27 mm 



Weight 4,4 kg 

Type Bestell-Nr. 

SR 602 VV 278.866 


! 

54 


1 side handle 


1 standard cutting support 

1 assortment of saw blades 

1 pipe clamp for pipes up to 2" 


Variable-speed sabre saw with pipe cutting support 



with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection and 


• Orbital stroke: selective 

• Standard cutting support 

• Adjustable pipe cutting support for pipes up to 1 ½” 

• Acceleration trigger: sensitive sawing at the first cut 

• With reinforced recip shaft guide and adjustable saw stop 



Orbit 27 mm 



Weight 3,9 kg 


SK 602 VV 282.308 



1 side handle 


1 standard cutting support 


1 spare clamp for sabre saw blade 

1 pipe cutting support 

1 plastic carry case

S 2902 VV SKE 2902 VV 

1200 watt universal reciprocating saw with accelerator 

trigger switch 


with continuous speed control trigger 

• Durable 1200 watt high-power motor 

• Soft-grip handle: eliminates most of the vibration and ensures 

non-slip handling 

• Universal saw blade holder: for an easy saw blade exchange 

• Saw blade reverses to allow over-head sawing 

• Tilt-adjustable saw support for accurate application to workpiece 



Orbit 28 mm 



Weight 3,8 kg 


S 2902 VV 307.779 



1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 3/16” 

1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5/32” 



! 

1200 watt reciprocating saw with orbital cutting action 

• VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start with 

continuous speed control trigger 

• Durable 1200 watt high-power motor 

• Orbital stroke: switch-activated, especially for fast sawing 

through wood 

• Soft-grip handle: eliminates most of the vibration and ensures 

non-slip handling 

• Quick-Change: Exchange saw blades quickly without tools with 

the stainless steel saw blade tool holder 

• Saw blade reverses to allow over-head sawing 

• Tilt-adjustable saw support for accurate application to workpiece, 

with 4-step tool-free depth adjustment 



Orbit 28 mm 



Weight 4 kg 


SKE 2902 VV 331.678 


Saws 





55

Saws 


SBG 4910 

Metal-cutting band saw with swivelling saw frame 

• 2 belt speeds: for sawing solid and hollow sections 

• Recommended belt speeds: Step I, solid steel, stainless steel, 

aluminium; Step II, steel, stainless steel, aluminium tubes 

• Cutting without a stand: with 90° straight cut, round and square 

section, max. 80 mm, rectangular section max. 100 x 80 mm, 

freehand use 150 x 80 mm 

• Continuous tool-free adjustment of the cutting angle from 

0° - 45° 

• With stand, easy release for freehand use 

• 3-point ball-bearing bandsaw blade guide for optimum blade 

control 

• With bracket locking device: for mobile applications and easy 

transport 

• Safety switch: prevents uncontrolled reactivation following 

power interruptions 

• Work without coolant 

• Especially in fire hazardous surroundings the SBG for spark free 

cutting of metal 




Dimensions of saw band 1335 x 13 x 0,65 mm 

Belt speed per minute 60 / 80 mm rpm 

Size ( W x L x H) 66x31x38 mm 

Max. cutting range: 

round cross sectional cut 68 mm / 80 mm 

at 45°/90° 


square cross sectional cut 60 mm / 80 mm 

at 45°/90° 


rectangular cross sectional 

cut at 45°/90° 

! 


56 

68x55 mm / 

100x80 mm 

Weight of saw arm 7,9 kg 

Weight (complete unit) 18,0 kg 


SBG 4910 390.518 


1 parallel guide fence 

1 bimetal saw blade 

NEW 

Can be used with saw bench or 

even hand-controlled. 

Two belt speeds for sawing solid 

and hollow profiles. Working 

without cooling fluids. 

Safety switch to prevent 

the power tool from unintentionally 

switching on again following 

a power failure. 

With saw bench: simply released 

for hand-controlled use. 

Robust machine table and 

vice with prismatic guide for 

clamping workpieces securely 

and reliably. 

3-point ball-bearing bandsaw 

blade guide for optimum blade 

control. 

The stop is on the underside of 

the saw bench. Simple assembly. 

Included in the standard 

equipment. 

Continuous tool-free adjustment 

of the cutting angle from 

0° - 45°

CSM 4060 

Metal-cutting circular saw for dry cutting 

• For accurate metal cutting without coolant 

• Tool-free adjustable guide plate, continuous saw depth 

adjustment to 63 mm 

• Chip collection compartment with sight glass: large capacity, 

tool-free emptying 

• Special carbide-tipped saw blades: nearly burr-free cuts, 

trimming threaded bars possible without recutting the thread 



• Solid material / flat steel: 6 mm; Round material: 20 mm; 

Hollow sections: 63 mm 


Blade Ø 185 mm 

Saw blade drill Ø 20 mm 

Max. cutting depth (90°) 0-63 mm 

Max. material thickness 

in steel 400 N/mm² 

6 mm 

Max. material thickness 

in aluminium 250 N/mm² 

10 mm 




Weight 5,4 kg 


CSM 4060 307.815 

! 



2 carbide tipped saw blades for 

steel, 38 teeth (185 x 20 mm) 


1 ring / open-ended wrench 

1 safety glasses 


Maximum cutting depths: 

Solid material / flat steel: 6 mm; 

Round material: 20 mm; 

Hollow sections: 63 mm 

Saws 


57

Saws 

Accessories 

Accessories SBG 4910, 4908 

Saw blades 

Saw blades 

Spannbacken 

58 

Bi-metallic saw bands with positive cutting angle for rapid work 

progress thanks to optimised machining performance with improved 

cutting accuracy and maximum service life. Suitable for 

thick-walled pipes, flat and square steel, round steel, bundled 

material as well as non-ferrous metals. 


( W x L x H) 

SB 1335x13x0,65 

Bi-M42 18 VE2 

Bi-metal sawband for steel, stainless steel, non-ferrous and 

aluminium. Saw band with vario-tooth pitch. For extreme 

vibration free working, with positive rake angle for optimal 

cutting power and cost effectiveness. 


( W x L x H) 

SB 1335x13x0,65 

Bi-M 8/12 VE3 

SB 1335x13x0,65 

Bi-M 10/14 VE3 

Teeth QP Order 

per inch number 

1335 x 13 x 0,65 8/12 3 359.289 

1335 x 13 x 0,65 10/14 3 359.130 

Sawband from tool steel with extra hardened teeth, especially 

aligned for thin walled cross sections and profiles. 


( W x L x H) 

SB 1335x13x0,65 

WS 18 VE3 

SB 1335x13x0,65 

WS 24 VE3 



1335 x 13 x 0,65 18 2 399.485 



1335 x 13 x 0,65 18 3 359.106 

1335 x 13 x 0,65 24 3 359.270 

Protective plastic jaws with magnet, suitable for SBG 4908 

and 4910, with prism, for the secure clamping of materials 

with sensitive surfaces. By using protective jaws, the cutting 

distance on the SBG 4910 is reduced to 15 mm. 


number 

SBG-SP 10 VE2 2 388.718 

Accessories SK 602 VV, SKE 2902 VV, 

S 2902 VV, SKL 2903 VV 

Sabre saw blades for metal and sheet material 

Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 1.15 mm and 

more, bi-metal. 

Teeth 

per inch 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

18 100 5 200.700 

Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 3.0 mm and more, 

bi-metal. 

Teeth 

per inch 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

14 150 5 200.727 

Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 1.15 mm and 

more, bi-metal. 

Teeth 

per inch 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

18 150 5 200.735 

Hard metals, 1.15 mm and thinner, bi-metal. 

Teeth 

per inch 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

24 150 5 200.743 

Long metal blade 3 - 10 mm, bi-metal. For steel hollow section 

pipes, V2A, plastics pipes (also for pallet repair). 

Teeth 

per inch 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

10 280 5 201.928 

Hard metals, 3.0 mm and thicker (also for palette repair), 

bi-metal. 

Teeth 

per inch 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

14 200 5 217.190

Sabre saw blade for wood, plaster, porous concrete and other applications 

Wood with nails, bi-metal. 

Teeth 

per inch 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

10 150 5 200.778 

Wooden board (coarse/standard cuts). 

Teeth 

per inch 

Coarse rapid cuts in wood. 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

6 300 5 201.936 

Teeth 

per inch 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

3 225 5 250.054 

Plaster, porous concrete, eternit, non-ferrous metal, 

glass-fiber reinforced plastic, carbide tipped. 

Teeth 

per inch 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

6 150 1 202.061 

3 300 1 206.210 

Sabre blade assortment for plastic/wood/metal 

Plastic multi-carrying case 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

150 3 198.757 

Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying case for LD 3206 C, 

BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR, BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV, 

SK 602 VV. 

QP Order 

number 

1 329.908 

Accessories SR 602 VV 

Pipe saw blades 

Pipe Ø up to 2", wall thickness from 3.0 mm. 

Teeth 

per inch 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

8 150 5 252.329 

Pipe Ø up to 4", wall thickness from 3.0 mm. 

Teeth 

per inch 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

8 210 5 251.620 

Pipe Ø up to 6", wall thickness from 3.0 mm (only with chain 

clamp fixture). 

Teeth 

per inch 

Plastic pipe up to 125 mm Ø. 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

8 275 5 252.167 

Teeth 

per inch 

Plastic pipe up to 200 mm Ø. 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

18 230 5 252.136 

Teeth 

per inch 

Accessories CSM 4060 

Carbide tipped saw blade for steel 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

18 310 5 252.137 

Enables a practically burr-free cut, no touching up is necessary. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Saws 

Accessories 


number 

185 Ø x 20 38 1 312.304 

59

360° dry construction system 


Handy-Giraffe® 

Vario-Giraffe® 

Accessories 

Classic-Giraffe® 

Accessories 

Abrasives 

Concrete-Giraffe 

Accessories 

Giraffe mobile workstation 


High-speed drywall screwdrivers 

Accessories 

Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V 

Cordless drill driver 18,0 V 

Accessories 

Drywall saw CSE 55 T 

Accessories 


RETECFLEX, Accessories 

LD 1709 FR, Accessories 

LDC 1709 FR, Accessories 

LD 3206 C, Accessories 

HPI 603, Accessories 

Tools for renovation 

and modernization 

FLEX has the right solution for whatever the task in floor, 

wall and ceiling finishing – whether it is cutting slots for 

in-wall installation of cables and conduits, removing plaster, 

concrete, screed or render coatings. In fact, FLEX special 

machines and the individually coordinated accessories 

surmount each and every obstacle. 

62 

64 

68 

72 

77 

78 

83 

86 

88 

91 

92 

96 

98 

103 

104 

108 

114 

116 

121 

122 

124 

134 

136 

138 

140 


Cordless drill driver 10,8 V, Accessories 

Cordless drill driver 14,4 V, Accessories 

Rotary hammer drills, Accessories 

Dry core drilling, Accessories 

Special tool 

Wall chaser 

Gutter support groove cutter 

Accessories 


SUPRAFLEX 

Palm, delta and random orbit sanders 


Accessories 

Safety vacuum cleaner 

Compact class 

Construction/workshop class 

Suction systems 


Accessories 

Mixers 


Mixing paddles, Accessories 



Accessories 

142 

144 

146 

152 

160 

164 

164 

165 

165 

166 

168 

180 

186 

189 

194 

196 

198 

202 

204 

207 

212 

215 

222 

224 

232 

235 

61


FLEX 360° dry construction system. 

The perfect partner for the 

dry construction professional. 

Preparation 

FLEX offers an extensive range of electric power tools for the preparation of 

drywalls. These include in particular renovation sanders and scouring machines for 

use on floors, walls and ceilings to remove old coverings, paintwork and to prepare 

optimum substrates. To ensure a low-dust workplace, the FLEX safety vacuum 

cleaners, classes L, M and H, are available. And don’t forget the FLEX fixing, 

demolition and combination hammers. 

Assembly 

Perfect assembly includes the use of professional laser measuring devices as well 

as powerful hammer drills, drywall screwdrivers and cordless drill drivers. 

Finishing 

With its Giraffe family FLEX is no. 1 in the world for wall and ceiling sanding 

systems. And the following also applies: Health has top priority. This is achieved 

by the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners. To ensure a perfect finish, paints, fillers, 

etc. must also be mixed. FLEX provides an extensive range of mixers and mixing 

paddles.


Application Type Preparation Assembly Finishing 

Renovation sanders/scouring machine 

Hammer drills/caulking hammers 

Cordless drill drivers 

Cordless drywall screwdriver 


Drywall saw 

Lasers 


Sanders 

Mixers 

Safety vacuum cleaners 

Sabre saws 

LD 1709 FR • 

LDC 1709 FR • 

LD 3206 C • 

RE 14-5 115 • 

HPI 603 • 

CHE 2-26 SDS-plus • • 

CHE 5-45 SDS-max • • 

DH 5 SDS-max • 

AD 14,4/3,0 • 

ADH 14,4/3,0 • 

AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” • 

AID 14,4/3,0 ½” • 

AD 18,0/3,0 R • 

ADW 18,0-42 • 

DW 7-25 • 

DW 7-45 • 

DW 7-60 • 

CSE 55 T • 

ALC 2/1 • 

ALC 2-F • 

ALC 1-360 • 

WST 700 VV • 

WST 700 VV Plus • 

WSE 500 • 

WST 1000 FV • • 

WSE 7 Vario • 

WSE 7 Vario Plus • 

OSE 80-2 • 

ODE 100-2 • 

ORE 125-2 • 

SE 14-2 125 • • 

X 1107 VE • 

LL 1107 VEA • 

MXE 900 

MXE 1100/MXE 1102 • 

MXE 1300/MXE 1302 • 

R 600 VV • 

R 1800 VV • 

RZ 600 VV • 

VC 25 L MC • 

VC 35 L MC • • 

VCE 35 L AC • • 

VCE 45 L AC • • 

VCE 45 M AC • • 

VCE 45 H AC • • 

S 2902 VV • • 

SKE 2902 VV • • 

63


64 

FLEX Giraffe® – globally the No. 1 for 

wall and ceiling sanding systems. 

The work of painters, drywall constructors, plastering specialists and many 

other trades was revolutionised with the introduction by FLEX of the first Giraffe® 

WS 702 VEA long-neck sander for wall and ceiling working in Europe in 1997. The 

FLEX Giraffe® is the world's most widely-sold long-neck sander. 

The reliable and proven Giraffe® WS 702 VEA was followed by the innovative and 

unrivaled Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV. For the first time there is now a long-neck 

sander – equipped with a unique interchangeable head system – which can 

“stretch”. Along with sanding large surfaces, the innovative triangular sanding 

head has now also made it possible to seamlessly sand up to edges and into 

corners. Without the need for a ladder or scaffolding. This allows for a direct finish 

of the corners and edges. 

The Concrete-Giraffe® WST 1000 FV is the result of consequently adapting the 

technology of the successful long-neck sander to work on concrete, plaster, paint 

coatings, screeds, both natural and artificial stone, tile adhesives and many other 

materials on walls and ceilings. 

Now the FLEX Giraffe family is being supplemented by another sander. The new 

small and convenient Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is the ideal addition to the Vario- 

Giraffe®, above all when processing confined spaces and rather small wall and 

ceiling areas. 

To make your work even easier on large surfaces and high ceilings up to 3.20 m, we 

have developed the Giraffe mobile workstation GM 320. 

FLEX now has a unique family of long-neck sanders which can deal with practically 

all the requirements demanded. An insight is provided on the following pages into 

the numerous applications for FLEX Giraffe sanders.

– 

Extendable 

Tool-free sanding 

head change-over 

Sanding head - 

round Ø 225 mm 

Sanding head - 

triangular 

Sanding head for 

diamond discs 

Velcro sanding pad 

supersoft 


soft 


medium 


hard 

Suction hose - 

anti-static 

Storage and 

stacking system 

Carry case 


available as an accessory. 

not available 


WSE 500 


WSE 7 Vario Set 

– – – • • • 

– • • • • • 

• • • • • – 

– • • – 

– – – – – • 

• – 

• • • • – 

– – – 

FLEX Vario-System 


WSE 7 Vario Plus 


WST 700 VV 



WST 700 VV Plus 

Concrete-Giraffe® 

WST 1000 FV 

• • • • • • 

– 

– 

65

The FLEX Vario system. Everything with a click. 

Whether wall or ceiling, whether small or large work surfaces, whether surfaces or edges and corners – 

you are ready for everything with the wall and ceiling sanders of the FLEX Vario system. In addition to the 

Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV, the ideal sander for high walls and ceilings, you now have the “small” Handy- 

Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario for processing smaller areas which are difficult to access. And all that with the intelligent 

double head system for round and triangular sanders. Be convinced by the smart FLEX Vario system on the 

following pages. 

67

WSE 7 Vario. So small but so clever. 



The Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is part of a unique system for processing walls and ceilings. It is light and handy and is therefore 

suitable for use on smaller surfaces and confined spaces. With the unique FLEX change head system, the Handy-Giraffe® can be 

used not only to process surfaces, but also to sand near edges. It is the ideal supplement to the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV. 

Always in control 

The special handle cover ensures comfortable 

handling and allows the Handy-Giraffe® 

to be controlled with precision. 

Just in case 

On/off switch protected from dust and 

impacts. 

This is really something 

Powerful, high-output 700 watt motor for 

rapid work progress. 

Adjustable 

VR electronic control with controllable 

speed from 600-1800 rpm (round sanding 

head) ensures that the speed is adjusted for 

sanding. With tachogenerator-controlled 

constant speed and restart protection. 

FLEX Clip system 

The suction hose is conveniently connected 

to the WSE 7 Vario via the Flex Clip system. 

More freedom 

The extraction hose is attached to the 

machine and ensures trouble-free operation. 

Into the smallest corner 

As the triangular sanding head is changed 

with a simple handle, edges and corners can 

be processed immediately. 

Interchangeable head system 

Simply press the two locks on the holder of 

the sanding head and remove the sanding 

head with a click. 

69



WSE 7 Vario. Variable in the most confined space. 

The compact multi-talent. 

The Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is characterised by its excellent dust extraction. The vacuum cleaner is connected easily 

and simply via the FLEX Clip system and the special hose guide ensures trouble-free operation. As the ideal supplement we 

recommend the FLEX safety vacuum cleaner (starting on page 194). 

Comfortable 

The special grip hood and the slender design 

contribute to the high ease of operation. 

70 

Solution for corner 

The small Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario allows 

sanding into the smallest corner – and with 

maximum surface quality. 

Perfect result 

The changeable triangular sanding head 

enables processing near edges – for a 

perfect finish.

WSE 7 Vario Set WSE 7 Vario Plus WSE 7 Vario 

Handy-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander 

• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogenerator- 

controlled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and 

temperature monitoring. 

• Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal 

dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases 

service life 

• Grip hood for easy handling and precise working 

• With interchangeable head system for round- and triangular sanding 

head for sanding close to edges 

• Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding 

pad (round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging 

of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment 

• The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head 

accurately follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be 

applied with fingertip precision and also prevents any dust escaping 

• Backing pad with hook and loop face 

• Defined hose guidance and effective dust extraction due to large hose 

cross-section. The suction hose is directly attached to the tool by the 

FLEX clip-system 

• Lightweight and easy-to-use on small surfaces, tight spaces 

• Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation 

slabs, preparation for painting 

• Machine without sanding head as an addition for the Vario-Giraffe® 

WST 700 VV and WST 700 VV Plus 





Corner sander no-load speed 1800-5400 rpm 


Weight 2,8 kg 


WSE 7 Vario Set 385.166 

WSE 7 Vario Plus 385.190 

WSE 7 Vario 377.821 

! 


Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario Set: 

Round sanding head with velcro sanding 

pad soft 

Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select, 

1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 

Carry case 

Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario Plus: 


pad soft 

Triangular sanding head 


1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 

Velcro backed abrasive paper, triangular, 

Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 

Carry case 

Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario: 

Machine without sanding heads in cardboard box 



Placement of carry case WSE 7 Vario Plus 

71



The Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV. Clever yet simple. 

The innovation of the long-neck sander. 

72 

 

 

 

 

Excellent innovation 

Handy and easy to extend, exchange function for round and 

triangular sanding heads, a great variety of grip possibilities 

for optimum balance of the tool and the excellent FLEX 

performance and quality. It makes no difference how you 

get hold of the Vario-Giraffe® – you will always find that 

ideal holding position for comfortable fatigue-free working. 

The uniform distribution of weight and centrally positioned 

motor guarantees that the Vario-Giraffe® is always optimally 

balanced. This minimizes any top-heaviness when sanding 

and it considerably facilitates the work. The ergonomic design 

and numerous gripping possibilities allows you to hold 

the tool in the most comfortable positions. 

Round sanding head 

The round sanding head is optimally suited for sanding large 

areas at high removal rates both quickly and effectively. The 

soft backing pad prevents grooves or swirls from developing. 

And of course our extraction system makes sure that the 

working environment stays practically dust-free. In conjunction 

with the right FLEX abrasives the application range is 

practically unlimited. 


Workflows are perfected by the innovative triangular sanding 

head. Manual refinishing or refinishing with a hand-held 

random orbital sander is not required. The sander head is 

exchanged with a simple hand movement and corner and 

edge working can be carried out immediately. With the eccentric 

movement of the grinding pad reaching up to the rim 

of the sander head, seamless working of edges and corners is 

guaranteed. Thanks to the 360° rotating sanding head, the 

Vario-Giraffe® can be easily directed around corners. 

Naturaly the accustomed vacuum power stays the same. FLEX 

safety vacuum cleaners (starting page 194) provides with the 

optimum complimentation for healthy and dust-free working. 

FLEX will, of course, offers the right range of accessories 

and the right abrasives (starting page 86).

The WST 700 VV is full of surprises. 



With its numerous technical innovations the Vario-Giraffe® is characterised by its applications, handling and result. It can always 

be optimally adjusted to the corresponding requirements. 

It depends on the correct length 

Tool-free telescopic from 133-173 cm. 

Dust extraction system 

The extraction stops the abrasive from clogging 

and allows work to be done in a dust-free and 

healthy environment. The brush ring is spring 

mounted. Allowing the sanding head to adjust 

itself perfectly to all unevenness. This allows for 

a sensitive surface contact. 

Packed with power 

Powerful 710 watt motor. 

Just in case 

VV electronic control with controllable speed 

from 1100-1700 rpm (round sanding head) 

ensures that the speed is adjusted for sanding 

different surfaces. With tachogenerator- 

controlled constant speed and soft-start. 

The rotatable handle 

The ergonomically shaped T-handle gives 

additional hold when sanding ceilings. Handle 

can be rotated 360°. 

Stable 

When resting the Vario-Giraffe®, the long handle 

protects the hose from kinking. 

Easy and variable 

Easy-to-operate telescope lock. Open lever – 

pull out handle for the right length – close 

lever. 

Always clamps 

Adjustable locking screw for telescopic 

extension. 


Snap coupling for the suction hose with 

swivel. 

Greater flexibility 

The flexible suction hose makes it easy to 

evenly set down. This prevents grooves and 

swirls. 

Ergonomic 

The ergonomically shaped handle for 

comfortable and save work. 

Balanced 

In addition to its ergonomic handgrip the 

Vario-Giraffe® provides numerous gripping 

positions for a perfect balance by working 

directly in front of your body. 

The Vario-Giraffe® is smart 

The articulating sanding head can be 

adjusted to every tilt and angle. The joint 

rotates horizontally. This both facilitates 

guiding and surface contact so that no 

grooves form. 


Easy, tool-free exchange of the round and 

triangular heads. 

73



Round or square? 

It makes no difference! The Vario-Giraffe® can do both. 

The high removal rate and effectiv dust extraction make for a quick work progress. Whether it is sanding wallpapered surfaces, 

taped joints or even finely sanding down marble and smoothing plaster,the round sanding head-equipped Vario-Giraffe® achieves 

results that you can be proud of. Edges and corners can be worked on using the exchangeable orbital triangular sanding head. No 

need for additional manual touching-up. Seamless sanding in all positions thanks to the 360° rotating triangular sanding head. 

Even in the corners and angles, the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV Plus always impresses with perfect results. 

74

Only the result counts. 

Precise and safe control. 

Thanks to the numerous grip options, 

the Vario-Giraffe® can always be guided 

precisely and safely – even directly in front 

of your body. 

Always on target 

360° 

As the sanding head can rotate through 

360°, the Vario-Giraffe® can be negotiated 

around the corners. This allows seamless 

sanding in all positions, even in the tightest 

corners and angles. 

Perfectly balanced 

For optimum balance the Vario-Giraffe® has 

an additional handle on the motor housing 

in addition to the ergonomic handle. 

Just in case 

The new exchangeable protective corners 

with upholstered sliding strips provide 

the surfaces to be processed with special 

protection. 

Giraffe® stretch! 



High ceilings can be comfortably reached 

thanks to the T-handle and the tool-free 

telescopic extension of 133–173 cm. 

Furthermore, the sanding pressure can be 

optimally applied. 

Right into the corner 

Thanks to the telescopic function, corners 

which are difficult to access can also be 

easily processed with the triangular sanding 

head. 

75



WST 700 VV WST 700 VV Plus 

Vario-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander 

• VV electronic control: controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload 

protection and speed selection with adjuster wheel 

• Using a unique telescopic system, the Vario-Giraffe® adapts to your needs. 

Length adjustable from 1330 mm - 1730 mm. Open telescope lock lever, pull 

out handle and close lever. Handle rotates through 360° 

• Adjustable locking screw for telescopic extension 

• Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for fatigue-free 

working. The motor is always kept between the gripping positions, ensuring a 

perfect balance 

• With round sanding head that can be exchanged with just a click 


• Vacuum cleaning system: guard with a brush ring, flexible suction hose from 

the sanding head to the guide tube. Connection facility at the rear of the 

telescopic tube for FLEX safety vacuum cleaner 

• The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head accurately 

follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be applied with fingertip 

precision and also prevents any dust escaping 

• Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad 

(round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging of the 

abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment 

• The articulating sanding head can be adjusted to every tilt and angle. 

• Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, 

preparation for painting, polishing 







Dimensions in mm 1330-1730 

Weight 4,8 kg 


WST 700 VV 350.311 

WST 700 VV, 

without suction hose 


! 

76 

378.127 



pad soft 


1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 


Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m 

with snap coupling and coupling bush 

for vacuum cleaner 

Carry case 

Vario-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander 

• VV electronic control: controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload 

protection and speed selection with adjuster wheel 

• Using a unique telescopic system, the Vario-Giraffe® adapts to your needs. 

Length adjustable from 1330 mm - 1730 mm. Open telescope lock lever, pull 

out handle and close lever. Handle rotates through 360° 

• Adjustable locking screw for telescopic extension 

• Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for fatigue-free 

working. The motor is always kept between the gripping positions, ensuring a 

perfect balance 

• Fitted with interchangeable heads that are attached and removed with a click. 

• Including triangular sanding head. This is optimally suited to sanding corners 

and edges. The random orbital movement of the sanding head takes the 

abrasive right up to the edges 


• The articulating sanding head can be adjusted to every tilt and angle. 

• Vacuum cleaning system: guard with a brush ring, flexible suction hose from 

the sanding head to the guide tube. Connection facility at the rear of the 

telescopic tube for FLEX safety vacuum cleaner 

• Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad 

(round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging of the 

abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment 

• The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head accurately 

follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be applied with 

fingertip precision and also prevents any dust escaping 

• Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, 

preparation for painting, polishing 







Dimensions in mm 1330-1730 

Weight 4,8 kg 


WST 700 VV Plus 350.338 

WST 700 VV Plus, 



374.547 




pad soft 


1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 

Velcro backed abrasive paper, triangular, 

Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 


Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m 

with snap coupling and coupling 

bush for vacuum cleaner 

Carry case

Accessories WST 700 VV, WSE 7 

Round sanding head 


Velcro backing pad Ø 225, round 

Soft sanding pad Ø 225, round 

Optimally suitable for finishing large surfaces on walls and 

ceilings. Effective dust extraction, high surface removal rate. 

QP Order 

number 

1 350.346 

Ideally suited for the processing of corners and edges. The 

eccentric movement of the sanding head guides the sanding 

tool directly up to the edge. With exchangeable protective 

corners with sliding strips. 


number 

VSX 290x290 1 388.289 

Supersoft. The sanding disc enables extremely gentle 

positioning on the wall. The set consists of a backing pad, 

Velcro adapter, clamping disc and screw. 

Designation Type QP Order 

number 

KAD D225/16 Set supersoft 1 399.418 

Soft. Highly flexible backing pad. Facilitates handling and 

allows for sensitive working. Prevents damage (swirl marks) 

when the pad touches the surface. For use with velcro backed 

abrasives. 


number 

SP-S D225-10 soft 1 366.862 

Medium backing pad for sanding down soft fillers. Velcro 

system for fixing of abrasives. 


number 

SP-M D225-10 medium 1 352.306 

Hard backing pad with high removal rate, with use with velcro 

backed abrasives. 


number 

SP-H D225-10 hard 1 350.362 

Soft sanding pad between grinding pad and abrasive paper. 

Ideal for finishing surfaces. Improves the dust extractor action 

and lengthens the service life of the sanding disks. Recommendation: 

work with soft sanding pad for in-between and 

final sanding involving finer grain. Do not work with soft sand 

pad for rough sanding involving coarse grain and when using 

sanding fleece. 


number 

IP D225-10 VE2 2 377.848 

Velcro triangular backing pad 

Hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 

Storage system 

Antistatic suction hose 

Carry case 

Case insert - lid 

Case insert - bottom 

Carry case 


Accessories 

Backing pad for plaster or hard filler compounds in drywall 

construction, for use with velcro backed abrasives. 

For changing the backing pads. 

QP Order 

number 

1 354.988 

QP Order 

number 

1 115.460 

Fits on to the industrial vacuum cleaner S 47, S 47 M, 

VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC, VCE 45 H AC for resting 

the WST 700 VV Giraffe®, WST 1000 FV or MS 1706 FR wall chaser 

and vacuum hose. 


number 

OS-VSE 35/45 1 350.370 

Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling 

and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter 

SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic. 


number 

SH-C 32x4m AS 1 354.953 

Made of impact-resistant plastic for the RE 14-5 115, WSE 7. 


( W x L x H) 

QP Order 

number 

TK-L 609x409x201 609 x 409 x 201 1 366.641 

Suitable insert for round grinding head and sandpaper 

for the cover of the carrying case 366.641. 


number 

TKE-T WSE7 1 383.902 

Suitable insert for the WSE 7, round grinding head and delta 

grinding head for the base of the carrying case 366.641. 


number 

TKE-B WSE7 1 383.899 

Made of shock-resistant plastic for the WST and WSE 7 as well 

as for sanding tools and exchangeable heads. 


number 

TK-S WST/WSE 7 1 389.986 

77

The Classic-Giraffe® can do even more. 



With the Classic-Giraffe® WSE 500 the established Giraffe® WS 702 VEA has been consistently developed. In addition to the 

increase in the motor output to 500 watts for high removal rate, all components were developed with regards to robustness and 

long service life. The established gimbal-mounted sanding head features a sanding pad. The sanding pad is available in four 

degrees of hardness. Of course the FLEX extraction system, in conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners, provides an 

almost dust-free working environment. 

More power 

High-output 500 watt motor with overload protection 

and constant speed control. 

More scope 

Controllable speed, always ensures that the 

speed is adjusted for sanding. 

More protection 

On/off switch protected from dust and impacts. 

More extraction power 

Large extraction cross-section, securely and 

quickly connected with the FLEX Clip system. 

Adapter or reducing sleeve not required. 

More control 

The oval guide tube and the optimally positioned 

motor facilitate handling and guiding the machine. 

More stability 

Robust connection between support tube and 

oval tube by means of a collar attachment for 

very high stability. 

Greater flexibility 

Reliable force transmission and high flexibility 

thanks to the flexible drive shaft from. For decades 

established “FLEX technology”. Thanks to 

this design principle the weight on the head of 

the Giraffe is reduced to a minimum. This facilitates 

handling. 

More adjustment 

Gimbal-mounted sanding head provides high 

flexibility and optimum adjustment for sanding 

walls and ceilings. 

More safety 

The spring-mounted brush ring on the extraction 

hood prevents unintentional sanding marks 

when applying the power tool. The flexible brush 

ring ensures optimum dust extraction. 

More quality 

Super soft sanding pad, included in the product 

package. Ideal for finishing surfaces. 

More healthy working 

The extraction between the brush ring and the 

sanding pad prevents the sanding tool from becoming 

quickly clogged and provides a dust-free 

and healthy working environment. 

More selection 

The very flexible “supersoft” sanding pad allows 

sensitive work and prevents unwanted sanding 

marks. Further sanding pads “soft”, “medium”, 

“hard” can be selected. 

79



Classic-Giraffe® WSE 500. 

Reliable and powerful. 

Word has spread around the world about the outstanding qualities of the FLEX Giraffe® long-necked sander. For smoothing 

plasterboard panels or styrofoam solid insulation panels, painting preparation, for polishing – the Classic-Giraffe® has become 

the indispensable problem solver for every painter, plasterer and other professional user. 

Protects the substrate 

The WSE 500 with velcro sanding paper 

SELECT P16 is particularly suitable for sanding 

down papered surfaces (e.g. woodchip), 

for the quick attachment of a wallpaper 

stripper as well as for sanding surfaces 

(SELECT P120-P180) which are covered in 

wallpaper remnants. 

80 

Versatile 

The WSE 500 can effortlessly and cleanly remove 

adhesive protruding from polystyrene 

sheets (styrofoam) used for heat insulation. 

Simple to premium 

In dry construction the FLEX Giraffe® is 

indispensable. The WSE 500 and the appropriate 

FLEX sanding tool can sand surfaces 

at all quality levels from the simple surface 

(Q1) to the premium surface (Q4).

WSE 500 carry case. 

Robust plastic carrying case for Classic-Giraffe®. 

Whether safe transportation or just sensible packaging, the 

WSE 500 carrying case combines all requirements. Machine, 

bail handle (accessory) and consumables – everything 

has its place. The robust plastic case protects the Classic- 

Giraffe® during transportation and from dust and damage 

at the building site. The carrying case is suitable for the 

WSE 500 and the WS 702 VEA. 



Just in case 

Carrying case easy and convenient to open and 

close. 

Everything in its right place 

The carrying case offers additional space for up 

to four packets of FLEX sanding tools. 

Compact 

An additional handle (accessory) can be conveniently 

stowed in the robust cover. 

It can also stand up 

The carrying case can be positioned horizontally 

or first and foremost vertically to save space. The 

Classic-Giraffe® does not have to be attached and 

is immediately ready for use. 

81



WSE 500 

Long-neck sander, Classic-Giraffe® 

• VE electronic control: with constant speed control and speed 

pre-selection with adjusting wheel 

• Dust extraction system with FLEX clip-on system: brush ring on 

the sanding head; connecter for a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner at 

the rear end of the guide tube 

• Due to the spring suspension, the sanding head adjusts itself 

perfectly to all unevenness. This ensures for a gentle surface 

contact and also stops dust escaping 

• Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the 

sanding pad (round) prevents clogging of the abrasive and 

promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment 

• Easy guiding: by optimal balance between motor and sanding 

head 

• The universal-joint-mounted sanding head and soft backing pad 

prevent grooving and scratching and ensures a perfect finish 


slabs, preparation for painting, polishing 






Sanding disc Ø 225 mm 

Length 1580 mm 

Weight 4,8 kg 


WSE 500 373.664 

WSE 500, 



! 

82 

376.035 


1 velcro sanding disc supersoft 

1 FLEX clip-on connection 


1 brush ring 

Velcro backed abrasive paper, 

1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 

3 velcro cable clips 

Antistatic suction hose 32 mm 

Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and 

coupling bush for vacuum cleaner 

WSE 500 case 

Long-neck sander, Classic-Giraffe® 

• VE electronic control: with constant speed control and speed 

pre-selection with adjusting wheel 

• Dust extraction system with FLEX clip-on system: brush ring on 

the sanding head; connecter for a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner at 

the rear end of the guide tube 

• Due to the spring suspension, the sanding head adjusts itself 

perfectly to all unevenness. This ensures for a gentle surface 

contact and also stops dust escaping 

• Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the 

sanding pad (round) prevents clogging of the abrasive and 

promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment 

• Easy guiding: by optimal balance between motor and sanding 

head 

• The universal-joint-mounted sanding head and soft backing pad 

prevent grooving and scratching and ensures a perfect finish 


slabs, preparation for painting, polishing 






Sanding disc Ø 225 mm 

Length 1580 mm 

Weight 4,8 kg 


WSE 500 case 373.672 

WSE 500 case, 



373.192 


1 velcro sanding disc supersoft 

1 FLEX clip-on connection 


1 brush ring 

Velcro backed abrasive paper, 

1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 

3 velcro cable clips 





Accessories WSE 500 

Velcro backing pad Ø 225, round 

Soft sanding pad Ø 225, round 

Padded adapter for velcro paper 

Brush ring 

Supersoft. The sanding disc enables extremely gentle 

positioning on the wall. The set consists of a backing pad, 

Velcro adapter, clamping disc and screw. 


number 

KAD D225/16 Set supersoft 1 399.418 

Soft. Highly flexible backing pad. Facilitates handling and 

allows for sensitive working. Prevents damage (swirl marks) 

when the pad touches the surface. For use with velcro backed 

abrasives. 


number 

SP-S D225-10 soft 1 366.862 

Medium backing pad for sanding down soft fillers. Velcro 

system for fixing of abrasives. 


number 

SP-M D225-10 medium 1 352.306 

Hard backing pad with high removal rate, with use with velcro 

backed abrasives. 


number 

SP-H D225-10 hard 1 350.362 

Soft sanding pad between grinding pad and abrasive paper. 

Ideal for finishing surfaces. Improves the dust extractor action 

and lengthens the service life of the sanding disks. Recommendation: 

work with soft sanding pad for in-between and 

final sanding involving finer grain. Do not work with soft sand 

pad for rough sanding involving coarse grain and when using 

sanding fleece. 


number 

IP D225-10 VE2 2 377.848 

Velcro system for attaching the abrasive discs. 


number 

KAD D225/16 soft 1 260.232 

Stops any unintentional roughening of the surface and ensures 

an optimal material removal. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

225 Ø 1 359.882 

Carry case 


Cable clips (velcro tape) 

Bail handle 


Extraction connection 


Accessories 

For properly transporting Giraffe® WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA 

as well as abrasives. With storage space for auxiliary handle 

and abrasives in the lid. Case can be stored horizontally or 

vertically. 


QP Order 

number 

1 365.327 

QP Order 

number 

1 115.460 

QP Order 

number 

1 364.169 

For effortless working in difficult positions (e.g. overhead 

work). 

QP Order 

number 

1 376.264 



(320.188) antistatic. 


number 

SH-C 32x4m AS 1 354.953 

Suitable for vacuum hose with FLEX clip-system. Antistatic 

equipment. For WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA. 


number 

SAD-C WS/WSE 1 364.460 

83

From coarse to fine. The Giraffe® abrasives from FLEX. 

The special selection 

SELECT, the heavy-duty abrasive, is particularly 

suitable for soft filler materials with 

a high filler share. The corundum abrasive 

grain with open coating ensures a high removal 

rate. The high-grade white corundum 

and synthetic resin binding ensure a long 

service life. 

The “solution” 

The SELECT P 16 velcro abrasive is particularly 

suitable for roughening wallpapered 

surfaces (or ingrain wallpaper) for quickly 

absorbing wallpaper stripper. 

Low dust 

Another feature of the SELECT abrasive is 

its low clogging property. The stable carrier 

material ensures a high degree of edge 

stability and tearing strength. The central 

perforation and edge extraction give rise to 

a more effective dust extraction. 

To the point of perfection 

The SELECT P 150 to P 220 velcro abrasive 

is ideal for preparing high-grade surfaces 

(filler techniques). The FLEX superfinishing 

pads are ideal all theway from polishing 

marble and smoothing plaster to high-gloss 

finish. 

Edge stability 


Abrasives 

An absolute highlight is the carrier material 

of the SELECT velcro abrasive. The F paper 

with a 300 g/m² weight per unit area bestowsa 

unique edge stability on the abrasive 

sheets. This is exclusive to FLEX. 

For all jobs 

FLEX provides an extensive range of abrasives 

for various applications. A particular 

feature of the abrasives are their high 

removal rates and long service lives. This 

ensures economic working coupled with 

qualitatively high-grade results. 

85


Abrasives 

There is always a solution. 

With the Velcro sanding tools for the FLEX Giraffes. 

Applications 

Roughening wallpaper surfaces (ingrain 

wallpaper)for rapid absorption of liquids 

(wallpaper stripper) 

Roughening polystyrene panels for heat insulation 

(styrofoam) 

Blending plastered surfaces in the renovation 

section (existing plaster - new plaster) 

Roughen loose existing coatings 

Grinding completely filled areas, removing filler 

burrs and smoothing uneven surfaces on filled 

areas on drywall and gypsum plasterboards 

Sanding stripped surfaces and removing wallpaper 

residue 

Smoothing down as preparation for high-grade 

surfaces (filler method) 

Pre-sand basic plaster 

Sand down soft, smeary, not-as-yet hardened filler 

points 

Smooth and polish marble and smoothing plasters 

(wall and ceiling structuring) 

Pre-sanding, cleaning and matting 

existing paint coatings prior to repainting 

(large-vehicles, containers …) 

Intermediate sanding of waxed, oiled or glazed 

wooden floors, wood panel floors and OSB boards 

(remove upright wood fibres) 

SELECT 

abrasive 

paper 

Abrasive 

paper 

(perforated) 

P 16 P 16 

P 16 P 16 

P 40 - P 120 P 40 

P 60 - P120 P 60 - P 120 

P 100 - P 150 P 100 - P 150 

P 120 - P 180 P 120 - P 180 

P 150 - P 220 P 150 - P 220 

Sanding 

grid 

K 80 - K 100 

K 80 - K 100 

Superfinishing 

pad 

S 320 - S 1200 

Sanding 

fleece 

A 100 - A 180 

P 150 - P 220 P 150 - P 220 A 180 

Polishing painted surfaces soft 

86 

Recommendation 

Polishing 

sponge

Product 

SELECT velcro 

abrasive paper 

SELECT velcro 

abrasive paper 

Velcro abrasive paper 

(perforated) 

Velcro sanding grid 

Superfinishing pad 

Velcro sanding fleece 

Velcro polishing sponge 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Ø 225 

290 x 290 

Ø 225 

Ø 225 

Ø 225 

Ø 225 

Grit 


Abrasives 

QP Order no. 

P 16 10 350.079 

P 40 20 370.924 

P 60 25 348.503 

P 80 25 348.511 

P 100 25 348.538 

P 120 25 349.216 

P 150 25 349.224 

P 180 25 349.232 

P 220 25 348.546 

5 x P 80/100/120/150/180 25 370.932 

P 16 10 350.095 

P 40 20 370.940 

P 60 25 348.554 

P 80 25 348.562 

P 100 25 348.570 

P 120 25 349.240 

P 150 25 349.259 

P 180 25 349.267 

P 220 25 348.589 

5 x P 80/100/120/150/180 25 370.959 

P 16 10 350.079 

P 40 25 280.739 

P 60 25 260.233 

P 80 25 260.234 

P 100 25 260.235 

P 120 25 282.405 

P 150 25 311.995 

P 180 25 311.987 

P 220 25 260.236 

K 80 

260.237 

25 

K 100 260.230 

S 320 

281.026 

10 

S 1200 281.018 

A 100 

281.042 

10 

A 180 281.034 

Ø 225 soft 

5 280.992 

87

ConcreteGiraffe® WST 1000 FV. 

The unique renovation Pro for walls and ceilings. 

High up 

The telescopic Concrete-Giraffe® WST 1000 FV, 

makes it possible to work on surfaces up to 

3.50 m high without the need of ladders or 

scaffolding 

Well balanced 

The Concrete-Giraffe® is always optimally 

balanced thanks to the ergonomic design, 

numerous gripping possibilities and motor 

position. This allows for fatigue-free 

working. 

Protects the user 


Concrete-Giraffe® 

The Concrete-Giraffe® effortlessly removes concrete butt joints and ridges. Using the appropriate grinding discs from the FLEX 

accessories programme (page 91), the WST 1000 FV easily removes paint coatings, graffiti, thermoplastic coatings, screeds, 

plasters, sandstone, fire clay, asphalt, tile glue, paving slabs, natural and artificial stone, old concrete and concrete slabs. To 

meet the high demands placed upon it the Concrete-Giraffe® is fitted with a powerful 1000 watt motor. 

The integrated dust extraction in 

association with our vacuum cleaners 

(page 194) ensures a clean and healthy 

working enviroment. 

89



WST 1000 FV 

Concrete-Giraffe® grinder for walls and ceilings 

• FV electronic control: constant speed, soft-start and overload 

protection 

• Using a unique telescoping system, the Concrete-Giraffe® adapts 

to your needs. Length adjustable from 1330-1730 mm. Open 

telescope lock lever, pull out handle and close lever. Handle can 

be turned full circle 

• Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for 

fatigue-free working. The motor is always kept between the gripping 

positions, ensuring a perfect balance 

• Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces 

disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open 

• Flexible rubber vacuum ring with low-wear metal ring: moves 

smoothly over the surface and protects against dust and flying 

stones 

• Dust extraction system: with metal ring on the guard, flexible 

suction hose from the scouring head to the guide tube. Connection 

facility at the rear of the telescopic tube for FLEX industrial 

vacuum cleaner 

• The Concrete-Giraffe® with universal joint shaft and the new 

grinder head have been purpose-coordinated. This tool quickly 

and easily removes burrs and other unevenness from walls and 

ceilings 


Disc Ø 125 mm 


Power input 1010 watt Standard equipment: 

Power output 600 watt 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14 

Tool fixture 

Dimensions in mm 

Weight 

28 mm Ø 

1330-1730 

5,5 kg 




Carry case 

90 

Accessories WST 1000 FV 

Concrete grinder head without disc 


Rubber extraction rings 

FLEX flange 

Special fixing 

Ø 28 mm 

Ø 23,5 mm 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø 1 350.931 





number 

SH-C 32x4m AS 1 354.953 

The flexible rubber vacuum ring moves smoothly over the 

surface and provides optimum protection against dust and 

flying stones. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø 1 257.246


Kit System 

This is where to find the right WST 1000 FV kit. Simply select the right grinding disc for your applications. 

The order number listed includes the WST 1000 FV in the kit consisting of machine with standard 

equipment and the selected grinding disc. 

Description Type QP Dimensions in mm Order no. 

Turbo-Jet grinding disc for optimal stock removal. 

The many diamond segments means smoother working 

and a better finish. Also increasing the life of the 

machine. Ideal for deburring concrete. 

Thermo-Whirljet for thin coatings and lightly abrasive 

materials: Thermoplastic coatings, Paint, Graffiti, 

thin glue residues on concrete or screed, Rubber 

based coatings. Reduced weight with the FLEX flange. 

The grinding disc with the angular arranged diamond 

segments allows for a quicker work rate than with 

normal disc. The large dimensioned delta shaped 

holes in the discs causes an air vortex that removes 

all dust from the working surface and prevents the 

segments from clogging or overheating and so reducing 

wear. The leight weight disc reduces wear on the 

motor. Not for use on edges. 

Screed-Whirljet for abrasive materials: Abrasive 

screeds (with quartz sand), fresh concrete, plaster, 

abrasive limestone (with quartz sand) sandstone, 

fire clay, asphalt. Reduced weight, with FLEX special 

flange. Not to be used for working on edges. 

Concrete-Whirljet the grinding disc for concrete: 

old concrete, concrete slabs and stone - natural and 

artificial slabs, lime sand brick hard, paving slabs, tile 

glue, removing glazing from ceramic tiles. Reduced 

weight, with the FLEX special flange. Not to be used 

on edges. 

Turbo-Jet kit WST 1000 FV, 1 Turbo-Jet 

grinding disc 125 Ø, 1 FixTec 

quick-clamp nut M 14, Antistatic 

suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with 

snap coupling and coupling bush 

for vacuum cleaner, Carry case 

Turbo-Jet 

kit without 

suction hose 

WST 1000 FV, 1 Turbo-Jet grinding 

disc 125 Ø, 1 FixTec quickclamp 

nut M 14, Carry case 

355.747 

378.224 

Turbo-Jet 1 125 Ø x 28 x 23,5 349.623 

Thermo- 

Whirljet kit 

Thermo- 

Whirljet 

kit without 

suction hose 

WST 1000 FV, 1 Thermo-whirljet, 

1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, 

Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 

4 m with snap coupling and coupling 

bush for vacuum cleaner, 

Carry case 

WST 1000 FV, 1 Thermo-whirljet, 


Carry case 

355.755 

378.194 

Thermo-Jet 1 125 Ø x 28 x 23,5 323.071 

Screed- 

Whirljet kit 

Screed Whirljet 

kit without 

suction hose 

WST 1000 FV, 1 Screed-whirljet, 


Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 

4 m with snap coupling and coupling 

bush for vacuum cleaner, 

Carry case 

WST 1000 FV, 1 Screed-whirljet, 


Carry case 

355.763 

378.208 

Screed-Jet 1 125 Ø x 28 x 23,5 324.361 

Concrete- 

Whirljet kit 

Concrete- 

Whirljet 

kit without 

suction hose 

WST 1000 FV, 1 Concrete-Whirljet 

125 Ø, 1 FixTec quick-clamp 

nut M 14, Antistatic suction 

hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap 

coupling and coupling bush for 

vacuum cleaner, Carry case 

WST 1000 FV, 1 Concrete-Whirljet 

125 Ø, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut 

M 14, Carry case 

355.771 

378.216 

Concrete-Jet 1 125 Ø x 28 x 23,5 323.063 

91


Giraffen-Mobil 

Mobile Giraffe workstation. For all those who aim high. 

The FLEX Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 is a mobile workstation for processing walls and ceilings using FLEX Giraffen. Above all, the 

Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 greatly facilitates the sanding of large surfaces. As the user does not have to lift the Giraffe® himself, 

he expends much less energy and therefore does not become tired quickly. 

Large wheels 

Large rubber wheels ensure optimal stability 

and manoeuvrability on construction sites. 

Additional covers on the wheel hubs provide 

protection against damage to walls 

Very mobile 

Steering roller with locking and optimised running 

characteristics. Rolls over dirt and objects, 

guarantees precise and easy manoeuvring. 

Stable 

Weight-optimised base plate allows the 

extractors to stop safely. 

Clip, clap 

Robust flap mechanism for compact transportation. 

Tool-free design. Immediately ready for use. 

More extraction power 

Quick-change tool holder for use with WSE 500, 

WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV. 

More control 

Use the adapter included in the product package 

for chucking the WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV. 

Left, right 

Tool holder, which can be swivelled by 45° 

on either side, for perfect sanding on sloping 

surfaces. 

High-precision mechanism 

Corrosion-protected tool holder guarantees 

maximum service life and smooth assembly and 

disassembly. Cushioned swivel arm for setting 

the sanding angle easily and perfectly. 

Prophet 

Sandpaper easy to change. The guide arm is 

easily swivelled downwards. 

Saves time 

Lever tensioner for quick assembly and 

disassembly. 

Doubly secured 

Dual clamped height adjustment allows safe, 

tool-free adjustment of the working height. 

Comfortable 

Rubberized handle for maximum handling 

comfort. 

Order must prevail 

Hose holder for greater order when working. 

Always connected to the power 

2 x 230 V sockets for connnection of the 

extractors or other electric power tools. Cable 

winder allows safe transportation. 

93


Giraffen-Mobil 

Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 

Are you still holding it or just moving it? 

Extra light 

With the new Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 FLEX 

offers a system which allows the user to 

work persistently without being affected by 

the weight of the Giraffe®. In addition, there 

is a considerable saving in energy and stress 

and fatigue are noticeably reduced. 

3,20 m high – not a problem 

Ceilings up to a height of 3.20 m can be processed 

without great exertion – and always 

with a secure footing. 

94 

Wall swiveller 

The tool holder can be swivelled by 90° on 

either side for processing wall surfaces. 

The concrete solution 

A greater deal of energy is usually required 

to process concrete walls and ceilings, as 

more pressure is required. The GM 320 significantly 

reduces this expenditure of energy. 

More comfort 

Even the sanding tools can be changed with 

ease. 

Robust mobile device for building site 

You can therefore process large surfaces 

for longer and without tiring. The robust 

Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 is also especially 

suitable for intensive use on construction 

sites.

GM 320 

Mobile workstation for wall and ceiling sanders 

• Mobile workstation for mounting of Giraffe® versions WSE 500, 

WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV, enabling sustained use without any 

effect of the machine weight 

• Significantly less user effort thanks to reduced fatigue and strain 

• The mobile workstation has a durable frame for demanding applications 

on construction sites. The braked steering castor with optimum 

riding quality ensures easy and precise steering. With weight-optimised 

base plate for the FLEX safety vacuum cleaner 

• Large rubber wheels ensure optimal stability and manoeuvrability 

on construction sites. Additional covers on the wheel hubs provide 

protection against damage to walls 

• Assembly and disassembly without any tools thanks to quick-release 

clamps. Frame equipped with a robust folding mechanism for easy 

transport 

• Equipped with soft grip handle, hose clip and cable holder for the 

7.5 m rubber cable 

• Two power outlets provide the connection for power tools with 

230 V/CEE 

• Tilting tool fixture (90° in both directions) incl. pivot joint for optimum 

ease of movement, adaptation to ceilings and walls and for a 

perfect finish on slanted surfaces 

• Quick change of the Giraffe® without any tools through clamping in a 

robust tool fixture. The working height can also be adjusted without 

tools thanks to a double clamp on the lifting rod 

• Optimal contact pressure at the sanding surface due to gas strut 

• The plastic sliding bush ensures smooth running as well as precise 

guiding of the Giraffe over the surface 


Connected load 2 x 230 V 

Size ( W x L x H) 

1170 x 650 x 

1750 mm 

Tool fixture 

all Giraffe types 

(except WSE 7) 

Max. working height 3200 mm 

Weight 31,5 kg 


GM 320 382.167 


Adapter for WST 700 VV, 

WST 1000 FV 



95


Dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX. 

Handy, precise and ergonomic. 

The FLEX dry wall screwdrivers are extremely powerful, durable, robust and 

compact. The dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX are especially light and ergonomic. 

Working overhead and on pitched roofs is therefore easy and comfortable. You can 

work more quickly and precisely with the dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX. They fit 

snugly in your hand, are extremely resilient and always ready for use. 

The different power settings enable a wide range of materials to be fixed, no 

matter whether gypsum plasterboard, gypsum fibreboard or OSB board. 

The cordless dry wall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 offers even more independence. 

Weighing 1.5 kg, it is one of the lightest in its class. Cordless, handy and powerful. 

Furthermore, a tool-free attachable screw magazine attachment for belted screws 

is available for all FLEX dry wall screwdrivers.

Which drywall screwdriver suits best? 

Aligning 

substructures 

Wood 

Steel plate 

< 0,88 mm 

Steel plate 

> 0,88 mm 

Over head work 

••• 

•• 

• 

Type of boards Screws 

Plaster boards 

Gypsum 

fibre boards 

OSB boards 


Gypsum 

fibre boards 


Gypsum 

fibre boards 

Screw magazine attachment 

ideally suited 

well suited 

suitable to a certain degree 

Drywall screws, 

coarse thread 

Screws for fibre 

boards 


coarse thread 

(Spax) 


fine thread 

Screws for 

fibre boards 

Drywall screws 

with fine thread 

and drill point 

Drywall screws 

with fine thread 

and drill point 

Battery drive Power system 

ADW 18,0-42 DW 7-25 DW 7-45 DW 7-60 

••• • •• ••• 

•• • ••• •• 

••• ••• •• 

•• • ••• •• 

•• • ••• •• 

••• ••• •• 

•• ••• •• 


••• •• •• •• 

••• • ••• ••• 

97



Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for dry construction. 

The new high-speed drywall screwdrivers DW 7-25, DW 7-45 and DW 7-60 from FLEX feature a robust die-cast aluminium housing. 

They ensure optimum screwdriving performance and a long service life. They are also characterised by their low weight. 

The detachable depth stop with notched settings for standard screw connections and the quiet claw coupling, which automatically 

switches off when the screw depth is reached, guarantee perfect screwdriving results. When working overhead, the highspeed 

drywall screwdrivers show their strengths: the low weight, the ergonomic and very handy design. All high-speed drywall 

screwdrivers are supplied with a rubberised 6 m power cord. 

Tool-free detachable depth stop 

With steel cap and magnet for standard screw 

connections. With notched steps for setting the 

screwing depth. The claw coupling is extremely 

quiet and automatically switches off when the 

screwing depth is reached. 

¼” bit holder 

For clamping commercially available screwdriver 

bits. 

Robust die-cast aluminium housing 

For optimum screwdriving performance and 

a long service life. The low weight also provides 

effortless working conditions. 

Brush switchover 

Enables maximum torque for clockwise and 

anti-clockwise rotation. 

Belt hook 

Practical belt hook ensures that the tool is 

always ready to hand. 

Soft handle 

With rubberised press switch for pleasant 

working conditions. The electronic switch with 

lock is ideal for easy continuous use. 

99



DW 7-25/45/60 

The professionals under the drywall screwdrivers. 

FLEX offers three different power settings for the wide range of applications. The user can select between three machines at either 

2500 rpm with a max. torque of 20 Nm, 4500 rpm with a max. torque of 12 Nm or 6000 rpm with a max. torque of 10 Nm. All three 

screwdrivers are characterised by their high torque and comfortable handling. The required screw depths can be conveniently set 

with the tool-free adjustable depth stop. 

100

Wall, ceiling or floor. Always in control. 

It’s so easy 

Weighing only 1,5 kg, the high-speed drywall 

screwdrivers are easy and comfortable 

to handle. One hand remains free to hold 

the workpiece. 

When precision is in demand 

The electronic soft accelerator switch ensures 

a gentle start-up and exact screwdriving. 

It can also be used to optimally level 

substructures. 

When you have to get a move on 

The M-DW screw magazine attachment 

available as an accessory (see pages 103 

and 105) can be used with all FLEX highspeed 

drywall screwdrivers. 

Always appropriate 

The DW 7-45, running at 4500 rpm and with 

a torque of 12 Nm, is particularly suitable 

for screwing gypsum fibre boards to steel 

plate. 



OSB boards: Child’s play 

Whether gypsum plasterboard, gypsum 

fibreboard or OSB boards and no matter 

what the substrate, the new high-speed 

drywall screwdrivers from FLEX screw almost 

effortlessly into every material. 

Long power cord 

The 6 m long, rubberised power cord enables 

a wide working radius. Not necessary to 

keep pulling on the cable. 

101

Dry construction 


DW 7-25 DW 7-45 

Drywall screwdriver at 2500 rpm 

• Handy drywall screwdriver with high torque for lining exteriors 

and interiors 

• Tool holder for ¼” bit tools 

• Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for 

standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps 

• Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw 

depth is reached 

• Ergonomically shaped soft handle with on/off switch and lock for 

continuous operation 

• Handy, light-weight design made of robust die-cast aluminium 

housing 

• The brush switchover enables maximum torque for right and left 

rotation 

• Only 1.5 kg weight for effortless working conditions 

• 6 m rubber cable for a wide operating radius 





Max. torque 20 Nm 

Tool fixture ¼” 

Sound pressure level 81 dB(A) 


Max. screw diameter wood 6,0x80 mm 

Max. screw diameter metal, 

self-tapping 

5,5x75 mm 

Weight 1,5 kg 


DW 7-25 390.763 

! Accessories from page 103, 115 

! 

102 

NEW 


3 x depth stop for common screw 

head diameters 

1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 

1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 


• Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for assembly work in dry 

construction 









housing 


rotation 












Max. screw diameter metal 4,2x55 mm 


self-tapping 

4,2x75 mm 

Weight 1,5 kg 


DW 7-45 390.771 

Accessories from page 103, 115 

NEW 


1 depth stop for common screw 



1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3

DW 7-60 


• Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for assembly work in dry 

construction 









housing 


rotation 














self-tapping 

4,2x75 mm 

! 

Weight 1,5 kg 


DW 7-60 390.798 

Accessories from page 103, 115 

NEW 





1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 



Accessories DW 7-25, 7-45, 7-60 


For commercially available, belted screws: screw magazine 

attachment can be rotated in 45° steps - good accessibility to 

corners, tool-free screw depth adjustment via thumb wheel, 

tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different 

screw lengths from 20-55 mm, max. shank diameter 4.2 mm, 

max. head diameter 8.0 mm. Ergonomic handle – suitable for 

left and right-handed people, rubberised depth stop made of 

steel. Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers: 

DW 7-25/7-45/7-60 and ADW 18,0/3,0-42. 


number 

M-DW 1 392.626 

103

ADW 18,0-42. Small and handy. 



The new cordless drywall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 from FLEX can manage up to 1340 screws or a 125 m² drywall surface with only 

one battery charge. Furthermore, it is one of the lightest power tools in its class as it uses a 1.5 Ah battery which weighs 1.3 kg. 

With the ADW 18,0-42 you can work conveniently, comfortably and efficiently overhead and in areas which are difficult to access. 

The ADW 18,0-42 can be operated with 1.5 Ah as well as with 3.0 Ah batteries. The special air cooling system provides optimum 

motor cooling and therefore a long service life. Stepless speed control enables the screws to be positioned with precision. 

Tool-free detachable depth stop 

With steel cap and magnet for standard screw 

connections. With notched steps for setting 

the screw-in depth. The claw coupling is extremely 

quiet and automatically switches off 

when the screw-in depth is reached. 

Lithium-ion battery technology 

Operation possible both with 1.5 Ah battery and 

with 3.0 Ah battery. Max. charging time approx. 

30 min. 

Soft handle in screw axis 

Rubberised press switch for pleasant working 

conditions. 

Battery pack with integrated LED 

LED battery capacity display informs you at 

a glance about the charge state of the battery 

cells. Can also be used as a lamp. 

Electronic switch 

Stepless speed control enables the screws to be 

positioned with precision. Clockwise/anti-clockwise 

direction can be switched without gripping 

the handle. 

Screw magazine attachment M-DW 

• Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers 

• For belted screws 

• Magazine attachment can be removed without any tools for 

quickly changing from belted to loose screws 

• Can be rotated in 45° steps – good accessibility to corners 

• Tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different 

screw lengths from 20-55 mm 

• Tool-free adjustable screw depth setting via thumb wheel for 

exact standard screw connections 

• Automatic belt transport reduces incorrect screw connections 

• Open transport wheel prevents blockage by drill dust and 

guarantees a long service life 

• Belt guide to ensure that all belted screws move reliably 

• Rubberised depth stop made of steel 

• Ergonomic magazine handle – for left and right-handed users 

– for exact positioning and guiding 

105



ADW 18,0-42 

Typically light-weight. 

The low weight, the compact design, superb handling and the high power reserves make the ADW 18,0-42 the universal cordless 

drywall screwdriver. The ADW 18,0-42 shows its strengths, above all when working overhead. Tool-free detachable depth stop 

with detent and magnet, quiet claw coupling, soft handle, optimised air cooling as well as stepless speed control are only some 

of the technical features which make the ADW 18,0-42 the best in its class. 

106

Great that so much power can be so easy. 


To ensure optimum and precise guidance, 

the soft handle is situated exactly on 

the screw axis. Nevertheless the rubberised, 

large press switch can be reached easily and 

comfortably. 

Stable 

The adjustable support foot of the M-DW 

screw magazine attachment can be adjusted 

to the different screw lengths from 

20-55 mm without any tools. The screw 

depth setting can also be adjusted without 

any tools using a thumb wheel. 

Powerful 

The ADW 18,0-42 features adequate power 

reserves to provide maximum load for 

the screwdriving performance. The ADW 

18,0-42 can be operated almost effortlessly 

and is extremely stable. 

Easy 

The excellent belt guide and the automatic 

belt transport reduce incorrect screw connections 

– this saves time and money. 



Time is money 

The M-DW screw magazine attachment is 

particularly suitable for standard screw connections. 

The screw magazine attachment 

is designed for belted screws and fits all 

FLEX drywall screwdrivers (see pages 103 

and 105). 

One hand remains free 

Even with the screw magazine attachment, 

the ADW 18,0-42 is still light-weight and 

can be guided safely and precisely with one 

hand. Therefore one hand always remains 

free to hold the workpiece. 

107

AD 18,0/3,0 R. 



The perfect complement to ADW 18,0-42. 

Powerful cordless drill driver, compact design and low weight, for average to large screw and drill diameters. The new 

AD 18,0/3,0 R links high power reserves to numerous useful functions. Amongst other things, the tool-free chuck change 

facilitates the use of an angled chuck as well as a ¼” bit holder. Furthermore, 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah batteries can be used with 

the AD 18,0/3,0 R and ADW 18,0-42. The 2-speed planetary gears are compact but have a high force transmission in a very 

small space. Therefore the AD 18,0/3,0 R is particularly handy and versatile. The correct torques can be optimally set with the 

20 torque settings and one drill setting. The integrated LED light provides additional working comfort. 

Keyless chuck 

With rotation stop, for clamping shank tools Ø 1,5- 

13 mm. Can be removed without any tools. ¼" tool 

fixture for insertion of bits directly into the drill 

spindle, reduces the design by 6 cm. The gearbox 

protective cap included in the standard equipment 

protects the chuck adapter on the power tool when 

working without a chuck or angle attachment. 

Battery pack with integrated LED 

Informs you at a glance about the charge state of 

the battery cells. Can also be used as a lamp. 

Battery sliding contacts 

Prevent corrosion of the E-contacts on the 

battery and on the screwdriver. 


Operation possible both with 1,5 Ah battery and 

3,0 Ah battery. No memory effect. 

Ergonomic torque adjustment 

20 torque settings and one drill setting. For 

preselection of the correct torques. 

Charger 

The LED lights inform you about operational 

readiness, the charging process and charge state 

of the battery cells. Depending on the charge 

state of the cells, the charging cycle takes max. 

30 min. A power cord compartment ensures 

order. 

Speed selector switch 

For changing from 1st to 2nd gear. Optimum 

adjustment of the torques and speeds to the 

application. 

2-speed planetary gears 

Compact design and high force transmission in 

a very small space. 

Clockwise/anti-clockwise 

Can be switched without gripping the handle. 

Ergonomic soft handle 

For safe handling and high degree of working 

comfort. 

Angle attachment 

With 45° notch for areas which are difficult to 

access with ¼" bit holder and chuck adapter. 

109



AD 18,0/3,0 R 

The intelligent 18.0 volt cordless screwdriver system. 

In combination with ADW 18,0-42 the AD 18,0/3,0 R is the perfect complement. Preliminary work, for example substructures and 

the subsequent panelling, can be performed with an 18.0 volt battery system. FLEX offers the optimum solution with the combiset 

(order no. 390.852). Both power tools, including screw magazine and angle attachment as well as two battery packs 3.0 Ah, 

are available in the new “Box on Box” carrying case. 

110

Drilling and screwing. Even around corners. 

Powerful in every position 

The angle attachment with 45° notch is 

particularly suitable for areas which are 

difficult to access. The chuck is changed 

without any tools. 

Thinking around the corner 

Areas which are difficult to access can be 

effortlessly reached with the aid of the angle 

attachment. The angle attachment can be 

used as a chuck adapter from 1.5-13 mm or 

as a ¼” bit holder. 

Unbelievably flexible 

The tool-free chuck change enables the keyless 

chuck to be changed or removed quickly 

and easily. By using the gearbox protective 

cap, the power tool can be operated without 

the chuck or angle attachment with ¼” bit 

holder. 

And it can also drill 

The AD 18,0/3,0 R can withstand even 

demanding drilling work. A powerful and 

high-output tool, it drills into wood up 

to 45 mm in diameter and into steel up to 

13 mm in diameter. 



A real night owl 

The integrated LED lamp adequately illuminates 

the workplace. It is connected to 

the battery pack. 

Powerful and precise 

The ergonomic handle ensures safe 

handling, a high degree of working comfort 

and precise guidance. 

111



ADW 18,0-42 ADW 18,0-42 M 


• Electronic switch for stepless speed control enables the screws to 

be applied with precision 

• Right-left rotation; middle position: Transport stop 





• Soft handle in screw axis and rubberised switch for pleasant and 

effortless working conditions 

• Integrated LED light 

• Charge indicator 

• Can be operated with 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah lithium-ion battery 


Battery voltage 18,0 V 

Battery capacity 1,5/3,0 Ah 

Max. torque 8,5 Nm 




Max. screw diameter wood 5x70 mm 



self-tapping 

4,2x16 mm 

Weight with battery 1,6 kg 


ADW 18,0-42 390.836 


! 

112 

NEW 




1 battery AP-T 18,0/1,5 

1 battery AP-T 18.0/3.0 

1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0 

1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 


1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1 

1 case insert TKE AD/ADW 

Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V with screw 

magazine attachment 



• Right-left rotation; middle position: Transport stop 





• Soft handle in screw axis and rubberised switch for pleasant and 

effortless working conditions 



• Can be operated with 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah lithium-ion battery 

1.5 Ah battery available as accessory 

• Screw magazine attachment can be removed without any tools 




Max. torque 8,5 Nm 




Max. screw diameter wood 5x70 mm 



self-tapping 

4,2x16 mm 



ADW 18,0-42 M 390.844 


NEW 


1 depth stop for common screw head 

diameters 

2 batteries AP-T 18,0/3,0 


1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 

2 bits DB PH2 175 E6,3 


1 screw magazine attachment M-DW 



1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4

AD 18,0/3,0 R 

2-speed cordless drill driver 18,0 V with lithium-ion 

technology 



• Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe, 

comfortable working 

• Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety 

lock 

• 20 torque and 1 drill setting 

• ¼” tool holder for insertion of bits directly into the drill spindle. 

This reduces the design by 6 cm 



• Ideally suited for drilling in wood, metal, drilling out spot welding, 

rivets, for screwdriving and assembly work, placing wall 

plugs in sand-lime or masonry, drilling with diamond drill bits in 

tiles, fine stoneware, mixing light mixtures 




Torque max. (drill setting) 40/60 Nm 

Torque positions 20+1 

No load speed 1st gear 0-360 rpm 

No load speed 2nd gear 0-1500 rpm 

Chuck Ø 1,5-13 mm 


Max. drill hole Ø in wood 45 mm 

Max. drill hole Ø in steel 13 mm 

Max. screw diameter 12 mm 



AD 18,0/3,0 R 390.828 

! 


NEW 


1 angle attachment WV-R AD 

18,0/3,0 R 

1 chuck BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 



1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 

1 gearbox protective cap 




Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V/Cordless drill driver 18,0 V 

The combi-set for the drywall professional. 

ADW 18,0-42 M + AD 18,0/3,0 R 

Standard equipment combi-set: 

1 ADW 18,0-42 

1 AD 18,0/3,0 R 

1 screw magazine attachment M-DW 

1 depth stop for common screw head 

diameters 

1 angle attachment WV-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 

1 chuck BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 

1 gearbox protective cap 




1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 

2 bits DB PH2 175 E6,3 


1 carry case TK-L BoB-2 

1 case insert TKE AD+ADW 


ADW 18,0-42 M + AD 18/3,0 R 390.852 

113


Accessories 

Accessories AD 18,0/3,0 R, ADW 18,0/42 M 

Battery pack 

Rapid charger 

Keyless chuck 

Angle attachment 

114 

Battery pack Li-Ion 18,0 V / 1,5 Ah for the drywall screwdriver 

ADW 18,0-42 and AD 18,0/3,0 R. 


number 

AP-T 18,0/1,5 1 393.320 

Battery pack Li-Ion 18,0 V / 3,0 Ah for the drywall screwdriver 

ADW 18,0-42 and AD 18,0/3,0 R. 


number 

AP-T 18,0/3,0 1 393.339 

Charging time 30 min for the batteries AP-T 18,0/1,5 Ah and 

AP-T 18,0/3,0 Ah Li-ion. 


number 

CA-T 18,0/30 1 393.312 

Tool-free quick-change system, for the drill insert 1.5-13 mm, 

can be removed without any tools. With steel jaws and guard 

ring. 


number 

BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 394.548 

Tool-free quick-change system when drilling and screwdriving 

in areas which are difficult to access. With magnetic drill 

spindle for holding drill and screwdriver bits and for holding 

the keyless chuck (only for AD 18,0/3,0 R). 


number 

WV-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 394.661 

Carrying case box-on-box system 

Case insert 


The carrying case system ensures order and utilises the space 

perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories 

and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply attach 

the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the innovative 

Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected, stacked 

and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have been 

prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded 

up to 90 kg. Without insert. 


( W x L x H) 

QP Order 

number 

TK-L BoB-1 464 x 335 x 142 1 392.634 

TK-L BoB-2 464 x 335 x 212 1 392.642 

Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-1. For the drywall 

screwdriver AD or ADW. 


number 

TKE AD/ADW 1 392.820 

Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2. For the FLEX 

drywall screwdrivers ADW and drill drivers AD 18,0. 


number 

TKE AD+ADW 1 394.068 

For commercially available, belted screws: screw magazine 

attachment can be rotated in 45° steps - good accessibility to 

corners, tool-free screw depth adjustment via thumb wheel, 

tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different 

screw lengths from 20-55 mm, max. shank diameter 4.2 mm, 

max. head diameter 8.0 mm. Ergonomic handle – suitable for 

left and right-handed people, rubberised depth stop made of 

steel. Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers: 

DW 7-25/7-45/7-60 and ADW 18,0/3,0-42. 


number 

M-DW 1 392.626

Screws, bits 

Bit 

Bit holder 

Design PH size 2, C 6,3. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

DB PH2 25 C6,3 VE5 25 5 395.927 

Design PH size 2, E 6,3. Can be used with screw magazine attachment 

M-DW. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

DB PH2 175 E6,3 VE2 175 2 395.900 

Magnetic, design PH size 2, E 6,3. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 50 1 395.919 

Drywall screws, fine thread 

Drywall screws, coarse thread 

Drywall screws, drill point 

Belted drywall screws. Suitable for screw magazine attachment 

M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of 50 pieces each. For use on 

metal support section. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

SBS-G 3,9x25 F PH2 3,9x25 1 396.087 

SBS-G 3,9x35 F PH2 3,9x35 1 396.095 

SBS-G 3,9x45 F PH2 3,9x45 1 396.109 

Belted drywall screws. Suitable for screw magazine attachment 

M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of 50 pieces each. For use in 

construction of wooden supports. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

SBS-G 3,9x25 G PH2 3,9x25 1 396.117 

SBS-G 3,9x30 G PH2 3,9x30 1 396.125 

SBS-G 3,9x35 G PH2 3,9x35 1 396.133 

Belted, self-tapping drywall screws. Suitable for screw 

magazine attachment M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of 

50 pieces each. 


in mm 


Accessories 

QP Order 

number 

SBS-G 3,5x25 B PH2 3,5x25 1 396.141 

SBS-G 3,5x35 B PH2 3,5x35 1 396.192 

115

CSE 55 T. Perfect cutting of dry wall elements. 

Drywall saw 

CSE 55 T 

A low-dust working environment owes as much to the special features of the CSE 55 T as to the double clamping of the angle 

adjustment which provides greater precision and safety. Perfect visible edges can be obtained with the swivel range from -1° to 

48° for undercuts as well as with the scoring function. The control electronics enable the cutting speeds to be optimally adjusted 

to the materials and applications and the range of applications of the CSE 55 T to be extended as required. Applications involving 

gypsum or concrete fibre boards can be handled just as perfectly as saw cuts through wood materials, such as chipboard or 

OSB boards. Even metal support sections can be processed without difficulty. 


Powerful and reliable 1400 watt motor for 

cutting different materials, such as wood, board 

materials, aluminium, acrylic glass … 

Everything is ideally controlled 

The controllable speed from 1700-3400 rpm ensures 

cutting speeds can be set to the material. 

Magnesium cast bench top 

Robust and extremely stable but light-weight. 

With 0° and 45° guide grooves for reliable and 

precise guidance when making chop and mitre 

cuts on the FLEX guide rail system. 

Always at the correct angle 

The angle scale from 0°- 48° is easy to read 

and can be set exactly with non-slip clamping 

elements. The swivel segment is also double 

clamped. This prevents the saw blade from 

jamming and therefore the risk of recoil. 

Safety switch 

Prevents unintentional plunge cuts and therefore 

provides greater safety. 

Precise cutting depth setting 

By simply loosening the cutting depth stop, it 

can be set to the required depth on the scale. The 

upper edge indicates the cutting depth without 

the guide rail and the lower edge the cutting 

depth on the guide rail. 

Flip riving knife 

Saves you the time-consuming removal of the 

riving knife for plunge cuts and it does not get 

lost. 

Spindle lock 

For changing the saw blade simply and quickly. 

Low dust 

The extraction system has an anti-static feature. 

An adapter for the FLEX Clip system is included in 

the product package. 

Be doubly sure 

The parallel stop is double clamped. This 

prevents the operating saw from wandering 

and ensures safe control when used as a table 

extension. 

Parallel 

The double clamped parallel stop (available as an 

accessory) can also be used as a table extension. 

Height-adjustable inspection window 

Optimises the extraction space when used with 

and without rail system. 

117

Drywall saw 

CSE 55 T 

Quite dry. 

The CSE 55 T extracts everything. 

The CSE 55 T cuts cleanly and precisely with the appropriate precision saw blade and the appropriate FLEX guide rail system. 

Especially indoors the highly efficient dust extractor ensures a comfortable and dust-free working environment. The CSE 55 T is 

packed in the Systainer suitable for on-site use. The adapter for connection to the FLEX Click system is included in the product 

package. 

118

Saws almost anything. 

Tear-free 

By using the FLEX guide rails GRS 80 and 

GRS 160, tear-free saw cuts and plunge 

cuts are child’s play – and without time- 

consuming removal of the riving knife. 

On the left or on the right 

The stop (available as an accessory) can 

be mounted on the left or right side of 

the bench. The double clamping guarantees 

a parallel cutting path. The stop can also 

be used as a table extension and therefore 

increases the support of the saw on the 

workpiece. 

Good at an angle 

The CSE 55 T not only makes extremely 

precise separating cuts, but also perfect 

mitre cuts within the range of -1° to 48°. 

“Diamond” saw blade 

A specialist for gypsum and cement fibre 

boards in dry construction. Thanks to 

the four diamond-tipped cutting edges, 

the saw blade D160x2,2x20 DIA Z4-S generates 

little dust and has an almost neverending 

service life. 

The all-rounder 

Drywall saw 

CSE 55 T 

The control electronics enable the cutting 

speeds to be optimally adjusted to the 

materials. Therefore gypsum or concrete 

fibre boards can be handled just as perfectly 

as chipboard or OSB boards. Even metal 

support sections can be processed. 

Can also cut plastic 

Even plastic can be sawn almost perfectly 

and tear-free with the saw blade 

D160x1,8x20 HW Z48-FZ/TR. 

119



CSE 55 T 

Plunge saw for dry construction 

• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, 

overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. 

• Guide grooves 0° and 48°. For reliable and precise guidance when making chop and mitre cuts 

on the FLEX rail system 

• Dual clamped swivel element prevents the saw blade from jamming when making mitre cuts and 

therefore the risk of recoil 

• Angle scale from 0° to 48°. Easy to read and can be set exactly with non-slip clamping elements 

• Swivel range from -1° to 48° for undercuts as well as scoring function for perfect visible edges, 

also suitable for sawing materials surfaces with sensitive coatings, such as HPL, CPL 

• Flip wedge for tear-free saw and plunge cuts without time-consuming removal of the riving knife 

• Precise cutting depth adjustment by simply pressing on the cutting depth stop. Easy-to-read 

cutting depth thanks to a 180° rotating cutting depth indicator 

• Dual clamped parallel stop prevents the saw from wandering and ensures safe control when used 

as a table extension 

• Spindle lock: for quick replacement of blades 

• Possible to connect external dust extraction 

• Ideal for traditional applications in dry construction and refurbishing, e.g. for making saw cuts 

through plasterboard, concrete fibre boards, wood materials, such as chipboard or OSB boards 





Pivoting range -1° - 48° 

Blade Ø 160 mm 

Saw blade holder 20 mm 

Cutting depth 0 - 55 mm 

Cutting depth / with guide rail 0-49 mm 

Depth of cut - mitre cut 0-38 mm 

Depth of cut - mitre cut with 

guide rail 

0-32 mm 

Weight 4 kg 


CSE 55 T DIA Z4-S 386.804 

CSE 55 T/DIA Z4+GRS160 Kit 388.300 

CSE 55 T Z24-WZ 386.812 

CSE 55 T/Z24-WZ+GRS160 Kit 388.297 

! 

Accessories page 121 

120 

NEW 

Standard equipment CSE 55 T DIA Z4-S: 

1 vacuum adapter 

1 saw blade DIA Z4-S 

1 plastic system case 

1 case insert 

Standard equipment CSE 55 T/DIA Z4+GRS160 Kit: 


1 saw blade DIA Z4-S 

1 guide rail GRS 160 


1 case insert 

Standard equipment CSE 55 T Z24-WZ: 


1 saw blade Z 24-WZ 


1 case insert 

Standard equipment CSE 55 T/Z24-WZ+GRS160 Kit: 


1 saw blade Z 24-WZ 

1 guide rail GRS 160 


1 case insert

Accessory CSE 55 T 

Standard circular saw blade with alternating teeth 

For making long cuts and for sawing wood materials, such as 

chipboard, OSB, MDF boards. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

D160x1,8x20 HM Z24-WZ 160 Ø x 20 1 386.790 

Fine cut circular saw blade with flat, trapezoidal tooth 

Diamond circular saw blade 

For making cross cuts in solid wood and tear-free cuts in laminated 

wood materials, such as chipboard, MDF boards 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

D160x1,8x20 HM Z48-FZ/TR 160 Ø x 20 1 386.774 

For maximum service life, for making cuts in plasterboard and 

cement fibre boards. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

D160x2,2x20 DIA Z4-S 160 Ø x 20 1 386.766 

Metal circular saw blade with alternating teeth 

Guide rail GRS 

Connector for guide rail GRS 

For making cuts in metal profiles and metal composites. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

D160x1,8x20 HM Z38-WZ 160 Ø x 20 1 386.782 

Precise aluminium profile with anodized sliding coating and 

guide rib.. Plugged rubber lip as contact edge at the marking, 

anti slip protection on the bottom. Connector 353.272 can be 

used to extend the guide rails as required. 

Designation Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

GRS 80 800 1 353.280 

GRS 160 1600 1 359.351 

Precise metal connector for connecting two guide rails GRS. 

When not in use, the connector can be parked in the guide rail 

with the included tool wrench SW 5 - screw driver. 

QP Order 

number 

1 353.272 

Anti-splinter guard 

Antislip profile 

End caps 

Parallel stop 

Plastic system case 

Insert for systainer 

Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails 




Accessories 

QP Order 

number 

3,4 m 366.846 

QP Order 

number 

6,8 m 366.854 

QP Order 

number 

2 364.967 


number 

PA-CS 1 396.788 

Systainer for machine and accessories. 


( W x L x H) 

QP Order 

number 

TK-L/Sys 281x360x272 281 x 360 x 272 1 353.302 

Insert for CSE 55 T, suitable for Systainer 353.302. 


number 

TKE CSE 55 T 1 398.667 

121


Effective floor and wall finishing 

with the specialists from FLEX. 

Whether it is a matter of removing plaster, concrete, screed or render coatings, 

FLEX has just the right solution on hand for each and every task. No obstacles 

stand in the way of FLEX renovation grinders and scourers – whether the talk 

is of large/small areas, corners or edges. All renovation grinders and scouring 

machines are fitted with powerful, sturdy motors which can withstand the high 

demands placed on them. It goes without saying that all machines have effective 

dust extraction. The extraction and filter systems of the FLEX vacuum cleaners are 

perfectly matched to FLEX machines to prevent harmful dusts contaminating the 

surrounding air. 

In the form of the innovative RETECFLEX RE 14-5 115 you have available a widely 

diverse tool for those numerous jobs in renovation and modernization work. The 

RETECFLEX can be quickly and easily adapted to your own requirements. Whether 

it is to be used with a scouring head, perforator, diamond grinding disc or a 

sanding/polishing pad, just a few movements of the hand suffice to convert to any 

tool. Let yourself be won over by the wide scope of application possibilities of the 

new RETECFLEX RE 14-5 115. 

A large and comprehensive range of specially coordinated high quality accessories 

are available for a multitude of applications.

– 

Power input in watts 

Max. working width mm 

Dust extraction system 

Suction hose adapter 

FLEX suction hose with snap connection 


Grinding close to edges 

Diamond grinding head 

Carbide metal scouring head 

Perforator 


Corundum sanding discs 


available as an accessory 

not available 

Renovation 

grinder, scourer 

LD 1709 FR 

Renovation 


LDC 1709 FR 

Renovation 


LD 3206 C 

1400 1400 2500 1200 1400 

125 125 180 150 115 

– – – – 

– – – – 

– – – 

– – – 

Scouring 

machine 

HPI 603 

– – – – 

– – – – 

– – – – 

– 


RETECFLEX 

RE 14-5 115 

123

The RETECFLEX. The specialist for grinding, sanding, 

scouring, perforating and polishing. 



The speed controller ensures that the speed is correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing. The speed stays constant under load. 

The RE 14-5 115 has a soft start for a jerk-free start-up. Temperature monitoring prevents any fused windings. The completely 

cast electronic components and special winding protection prevent damage due to metal dust. 


Powerful, strong 1400 watt motor for quick 

working progress. 

Extremely adjustable 

Electronically controllable speed. Whatever the 

various tools and heat-sensitive materials, the 

right speed can always be set. 

Silence itself 

Damping element between spindle and tool. 

Reduces vibration, raises smooth running, 

improves guidance and increases the service 

life of the machine. 

Everything extracted 

Effective dust extraction for clean air and 

uninterrupted vision. 


Large extraction cross-section; simple, quick 

connection using the FLEX clip system. No 

adapters or reducing sleeves required. 

Up to the edge 

Swivelling brush segment for quick adjustment 

for working close to edges. 

Extraction guard D 115 with brush ring 

Tool-free height adjustment for quick and easy 

guard adjustment to the required working depth. 

Adjustable base D80 

Tool-free changeable and height-adjustable 

base D 80 for milling tool and perforator, for 

optimum control of the machine and effective 

dust extraction. 

Spindle stop 


stop. 

Always held correctly 

Optimum handling position for various working 

situations. 

125




The quick-change artist amongst the renovation grinder. 

The RETECFLEX is a tool with a very wide variety of applications for refurbishing, renovating and modernizing work.The compact 

construction makes the tool ideal to handle. The RETECFLEX is perfect for working smaller surfaces. Whether with base or dust 

extraction guard withbrush ring, working close to the edge is assured by both the attachments. The brush ring-equipped dust 

extraction guard has a tool-free adjustable edge segment.The ideal tool for smaller workshops. The universal tool for many 

applications. And each one with dust extraction. 

126

Easily and quickly converted whatever the requirements. 

The power pack 

The RETECFLEX has no trouble at all in 

getting to grips with severely weathered 

concrete. 

Sands almost anything 

Together with velcro backing pad and 

sanding discs, the RETECFLEX is ideal for 

sanding old paints and wood - in association 

with dust extraction. 

Open to everything 

The tool-free, swivelling brush segment is 

ideal for working close to edges. Even with 

the brush segment open, the dust extractor 

still performs wholehearted work. 

Perfect handling 

Thanks to its low weight and excellent 

handling, the RETECFLEX can optimally 

work on walls. 

Tough performer 



The scouring head with its 12 carbide metal 

discs is perfect for removing tile glue. 

Jack of all trades 

The cutting wheels of the innovative 

perforator open up any wallpapers sealed by 

paint. Allowing liquid (wallpaper stripper 

solution) to penetrate much quicker. 

127




Especially versatile. 

128 

Material Applications 

Grind concrete parts / pre-grind concrete parts (concrete face-lifting) 

Scouring concrete 

Remove shuttering protrusions and concrete runs on used concrete / pre-sand weathered old concrete 

Remove shuttering protrusions and concrete runs on freshly concreted surfaces 

Scouring fresh (green) concrete 

Breaking edges at fresh concrete components 

Remove minor unevenness and protrusions on concrete components 

Remove any contaminations on concrete 

Grinding hard cement render with a high sand proportion 

Pre-grinding hard cement render 

Grinding soft plaster 

Pre-grinding synthetic resin plaster 

Scouring soft plaster 

Scouring hard plaster 

Remove synthetic resin plaster (top coat) 

Remove plaster on wooden beams (framework) 

Grinding tile glue on soft plaster 

Remove tile glue on screed 

Scouring tile glue residues 

Grinding existing tile layer before laying new tiles 

Remove latex and oil paints from plaster 

Remove paint coatings on plaster 

Sanding old weathered paint coatings 

Remove flexible protective coatings from concrete and plaster 

Thermo-elastic coatings 

Removing soft PU coatings 

Grinding screed and coatings on screed floors 

Remove hardened epoxy resin coatings 

Remove sintering layer, other coatings on concrete 

Remove foam and adhesive residues 

Remove grout and fillers 

Remove aged filling compounds and fillers 

Sanding unevenness on filled-in surfaces 

Sanding plastics and fibre-glass reinforced parts 

Open wallpapers sealed by paints for absorbing liquid (wallpaper stripper) 

Sanding weathered wooden parts 

Sanding wooden beams/framework in restoration work 

Removing weathering from natural stone 

Sanding granite worktops in the natural stone area 

Bevelling fine stoneware tiles on cut edge 

Electronic 

setting 

4-6 

4-6 

6 

4-6 

4-6 

6 

4-6 

4-6 

6 

6 

3-5 

3-5 

4-6 

4-6 

4-6 

4-6 

3-6 

6 

4-6 

6 

4-6 

3-6 

2-4 

4-6 

2-4 

4-6 

6 

6 

4-6 

4-6 

3-5 

3-5 

2-4 

2-4 

3-4 

2-4 

2-4 

1-2 

1-2 

1-2

Extraction hood D 115 Adjustable base D 80 

Concrete-Jet Screed-Jet Surface-Jet TC-Jet PCD-Jet 

S couring 

discs, 

pointed 

Scouring 

discs, 

flat 

Perforator 



Extraction hood D 115 

+ Velcro backing pad 

Corundum 

sanding 

discs 

Diamond 

grinding 

pad 

• • • 1-2 

• 

• • 1-2 

• • 

• 

• 

• 

• • 1-2 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• • 

• • 

• • 

• • 

• 

• • • • 

• • • 

• 

• • • 

• 

• • 

• 

• 

• • 

• • • 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

! Tip: Keep the speed down when working on heat-sensitive paint coatings and coverings. In this way you will avoid the 

scouring/grinding tools becoming clogged/smeared. 

129



RE 14-5 115 

RETECFLEX - the universal tool for renovation and 

modernization 

• VR electronic control: speed pre-selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled 

constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and 

temperature monitoring. 

• Motor: powerful, strong motor for quick working progress 

• With damping element between spindle and tool being used: this 

reduces vibration, aids for smooth running, improves guidance and 

increases the service life of the machine 




• Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in the medium 

and low speed range 

• Dust-proof on/off switch 

• Effective dust extraction thanks to a large extraction cross-section. 

Simple, rapid connection using the FLEX clip system. No adapters or 

reducing sleeves are required 

• Vacuum guard: with stepless height adjustment 

• Universal tool system can be adapted for a large number of 

renovation and modernisation applications. Compact, handy and 

ideal for working on small surfaces and on the edges of larger areas 




Max. milling head Ø 80 mm 





Size ( W x L x H) 198x390x150 mm 

Weight 3,1 kg 

130 



1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm 

with a brush ring 

1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm 

1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 

Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115 

1 case insert 


1 pin wrench 

1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4

Accessories RETECFLEX 

Velcro backing pad Ø 115, Bowl 


Diamond grinding pad 

Base for scouring work 

Dust extraction guard 

Brush ring 

Backing pad Bowl with velcro face for securing the abrasives 

with the velcro system. As damping elements 12 mm cellular 

rubber pads ensure uniform pressure distribution. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

115 Ø 1 366.609 



in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D115 Pu-P24 VE25 115 Ø P 24 25 381.195 

D115 Pu-P40 VE50 115 Ø P 40 50 381.209 

D115 Pu-P60 VE50 115 Ø P 60 50 381.217 

D115 Pu-P80 VE50 115 Ø P 80 50 381.225 

D115 Pu-P100 VE50 115 Ø P 100 50 381.233 

D115 Pu-P120 VE50 115 Ø P 120 50 381.241 

D115 Pu-P150 VE50 115 Ø P 150 50 381.268 

D115 Pu-P180 VE50 115 Ø P 180 50 381.276 

For use with velcro grinding disc 115 Ø. Grinding pads for dry 

grinding, a great advantage in the repair and renovation areas. 

Suitable for grinding and polishing granite worktops, fine 

stoneware tiles, floor tiles, concrete surfaces in the field of 

vision, natural stone on windowsills, cover panels, sculptures, 

steps. 


in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

DP 50 DRY D115 115 Ø 50 1 386.197 

DP 100 DRY D115 115 Ø 100 1 386.200 

DP 200 DRY D115 115 Ø 200 1 386.219 

DP 400 DRY D115 115 Ø 400 1 386.227 

DP 800 DRY D115 115 Ø 800 1 386.235 

DP 1500 DRY D115 115 Ø 1500 1 386.243 

DP 3000 DRY D115 115 Ø 3000 1 386.251 

DP 10000 DRY D115 115 Ø 10000 1 386.278 

Tool-free interchangeable protective guard for optimally 

guiding the machine and effective dust extraction. 

Diameter 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

80 Ø 1 369.314 

With swivel segment and brush ring for grinding work. 

Diameter 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

115 Ø 1 366.528 

Brush ring for dust extraction hood - contains two segment parts. 

QP Order 

number 

1 369.454 

Carry case 

Insert for carry case 


Face pin spanner 


Accessories 

Made of impact-resistant plastic for the RE 14-5 115, WSE 7. 


( W x L x H) 

QP Order 

number 

TK-L 609x409x201 609 x 409 x 201 1 366.641 

Matching insert for RE 14-5 115 for carry case 366.641. 


number 

TKE RE14-5 1 366.633 

SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning, significantly 

reducing the vibration transmitted to hands and arms and 

reducing the risk of vibration-related injury to the operator. 

Type QP Order 

number 

M 8 1 325.376 

Special spanner for removing the scouring and grinding heads. 

“Perforator” tool head with HSS cutting wheels 

HSS cutting wheels 

Clip adapter 

QP Order 

number 

1 366.536 

Tool head with 4 hardened and ground cutters on a steel axle 

for perforating wall coverings such as in-grain wallpaper. The 

surface is opened for rapid penetration of wallpaper strippers. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

80 Ø 1 366.757 

4 replacement cutting wheels for the “perforator” tool head – 

for perforating coverings. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

38 Ø 4 366.765 

For connecting a FLEX power tool to extraction units from other 

manufacturers. Suitable for hoses inside Ø 27 mm, outside 

Ø 36 mm. 

Designation Diameter 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

Adapter Clip D36/27 42/37 1 380.377 

131


Kit System 

132 

This is where to find the right RETECFLEX kit. Simply select the right scouring or grinding head for your 

applications. The order number listed includes the RE 14-5 115 in the kit consisting of machine with 

standard equipment and the selected tool head. 

Description Type QP Dimensions 

in mm 

Complete with 12 pointed tungsten 

carbide scouring discs. For removing 

hard plaster, concrete, foam backing 

and adhesive residues, paint on plaster, 

epoxy plaster, flexible protective 

coatings, plaster on wooden beams 

and latex/oil paints on plaster. 

12 pointed carbide scouring discs with 

fixing bolts and guide discs. 

Fitted with 12 flat tungsten carbide 

scouring discs. For removing soft 

materials, including plaster, green 

concrete, foam backing and adhesive 

residues, soft PU coatings, paint 

coatings on plaster, plaster on wooden 

beams and latex/oil paint on plaster, 

shuttering protrusions and concrete 

runs on fresh concreted surfaces. The 

flat form leaves the surface smooth 

(pull cutting). 

12 flat carbide scouring discs with 

fixing bolts and guide discs. 

Diamond grinding head equipped with 

a concrete jet grinding disc. Suitable 

for grinding concrete parts, roughing 

old weathered concrete, hard cement 

plaster, removing shuttering protrusions 

and concrete runs, hardened 

epoxy resin coatings and the natural 

sintering on concrete components. 

Replacement grinding disc pad for the 

diamond grinding head complete with 

fixing bolts. 

Diamond grinding head equipped 

with an Screed-Jet grinding disc. For 

removing shuttering protrusions and 

concrete runners on freshly concreted 

surfaces, and tile adhesive on floor 

screed. For grinding screed floors, 

coatings, hard render with a high sand 

content, and de-burring edges of new 

concrete parts. 



fixing bolts. 

Pointed 

scouring 

head kit 

Scouring 

head 

complete, 

pointed 

TC scouring 

discs, 

pointed 

Flat 

scouring 

head kit 

Scouring 

head 

complete, 

flat 

TC scouring 

discs, 

flat 

1 pointed scouring head Ø 80, M 14, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor 

guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable 

base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , 

Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry 

case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 

1 scouring head, flat, Ø 80, M 14, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor 

guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable 

base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , 



Order no. 

369.217 

1 80 Ø 366.552 

366.501 

369.225 

1 80 Ø 366.560 

366.617 

Concrete- 1 Concrete-Jet diamond grinding head , 1 SoftVib handle, 

369.233 

Jet grinding 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 

head kit 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl 

Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 

1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, 

SW 4 

Concrete- 

Jet diamond 

grinding 

head 

1 115 Ø 366.668 

Concrete- 

Jet diamond 

grinding 

disc 

1 115 Ø 367.044 

Screed-Jet 

grinding 

head kit 

Screed-Jet 

diamond 

grinding 

head 

Screed-Jet 

diamond 

grinding 

disc 

1 Screed-Jet diamond grinding head , 1 SoftVib handle, 

1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 

1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl 



SW 4 

369.241 

1 115 Ø 366.676 

1 115 Ø 367.052


Kit System 

Description Type QP Dimensions 

in mm 

Diamond grinding head equipped with 

a Surface-Jet grinding disc vacuum 

diamond coated. For removing coatings 

on concrete parts, slight unevenness 

and protrusions on concrete components, 

contamination, flexible protective 

coatings on concrete and hard 

plaster, latex and oil paints on plaster 

and cosmetic concrete finishing. 



fixing bolts. 

Tungsten carbide grinding head 

equipped with a TC-Jet grinding disc 

with soldered carbide cutters For 

grinding soft plaster, removing paint 

and tile adhesive on soft plaster, grout 

and fillers, aged fillers and sealants 

and for sanding tile adhesive on soft 

plaster. 

Replacement grinding disc for the 

carbide grinding head complete with 

fixing bolts. 

Grinding head fitted with a grinding 

disc consisting of 4 PCD segments 

(polycrystalline diamond). For the 

removal of thermally sensitive coatings 

as well as adhesives, sealants, 

plastic coatings, bitumen coatings 

from hard substrates. The PCD segments 

enable problematic coatings 

to be removed quickly and effectively 

without sticking. 

Replacement grinding disc for the 

PCD grinding head, complete with 

fastening screws. 

Surface-Jet 

grinding 

head kit 

Surface-Jet 

diamond 

grinding 

head 

Surface-Jet 

diamond 

grinding 

disc 

TC-Jet 

grinding 

head kit 

TC-Jet 

carbide 

grinding 

head 

TC-Jet 

carbide 

grinding 

disc 

Sanding 

head 

PCD-Jet 

kit 

PCD grinding 

head 

PCD 

grinding 

disc 

1 Surface-Jet diamond grinding head, 1 SoftVib handle, 

1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 

1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl 



SW 4 

Order no. 

369.268 

1 115 Ø 366.684 

1 115 Ø 367.036 

1 TC-Jet carbide grinding head, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor 

guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base 

scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , 



369.276 

1 115 Ø 366.692 

1 115 Ø 367.028 

1 sanding head PCD-Jet, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor guard 

grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base scouring 

Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum 

sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin 

wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 

389.587 

1 115 Ø 386.162 

1 115 Ø 386.170 

133



LD 1709 FR 

Concrete grinding machine for surfaces, 125 mm 

• FR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, 

soft start, overload protection and temperature monitoring 





stones 

• Vacuum attachment: 32 mm exterior Ø 


• Ideal for point work and large-area stripping 

• Suction hose not included in delivery package 







Weight 2,9 kg 

134 


Clamping nut 

Clamping flange SW 14 

Guard 

Bail handle 

Cable clip 

Hose clip 

Vacuum ring 

Vacuum hose extension 

1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø 


Wrench holder 

1 metal carrying case 

Accessories LD 1709 FR 





Dimensions 

in mm 

Disc guard with removable edge segment 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø 1 257.246 

Retrofitting kit, consisting of a protective guard with removable 

edge segment and special clamping flange SW 14 (Order no. 

305.022). For LD 1709 FR. 

Surface-Jet diamond grinding disc 

Adapter 

Special adapter 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø 1 305.235 

Special diamond grinding disc for concrete cosmetics and 

removal of graffiti with vacuum diamond coating. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø 1 359.424 

Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system. 

Anti-static design. 


number 

SAD-C D32 AS 1 393.398 

Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip 

system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m). 


number 

SAD D32 WS/WSK 1 340.790

This is where to find the right LD 1709 FR kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your applications. 

The order number listed includes the LD 1709 FR in a kit consisting of machine with standard equipment 

and the selected grinding disc. 



The many diamond segments means smoother 

working and a better finish. Also increasing the life 

of the machine. Ideal for deburring concrete, for 

LD 1709 FR, LDC 1709 FR. 

Thermo-Jet Plus grinding disc: 20% increased grinding 

output, 20% higher segments. For coatings and 

low-abrasive materials, for thermo-plastic coatings, 

paint coatings, graffiti, thin adhesive residues on concrete 

or screed, rubber coatings. For hard materials 

and old concrete. High grinding capacity and service 

life from the innovative 9 mm segment design. 

Screed-Jet plus diamond grinding disc for abrasive 

materials: abrasive screed (with quartz sand), screed, 

green concrete, render, cement, abrasive lime stone 

(with quartz sand) lime stone, firebrick, asphalt. 

The new dimension for removing thermal coatings, 

suitable for fast, effortless stripping of problem coatings. 

3 times quicker than normal diamond discs. The 

PCD segments remove problem coatings quickly and 

effectively without clogging. 

Turbo-Jet kit 1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø, 

1 clamping nut M14, Clamping 

flange SW 14, Guard, Bail handle, 

Cable clip, Hose clip, Vacuum 

ring, Vacuum hose extension, 

1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon 

socket wrench, SW 4, Wrench 

holder, 1 metal carrying case 


Kit System 

355.704 

Turbo-Jet 1 125 Ø 348.899 

Thermo-Jet 

Plus kit 

Thermo-Jet 

plus 

Screed-Jet 

Plus kit 

Screed-Jet 

plus 

PCD grinding 

disc kit 

PCD grinding 

disc 

1 Thermo-Jet Plus, 1 clamping 

nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14, 

Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, 

Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum 

hose extension, 1 adapter 

32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket 

wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder, 


355.682 

1 125 Ø 359.378 

1 Screed-Jet Plus, 1 clamping 

nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14, 


Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum 

hose extension, 1 adapter 

32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket 

wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder, 


355.690 

1 125 Ø 359.394 

1 PCD disc, 1 clamping nut M14, 

Clamping flange SW 14, Guard, 

Bail handle, Cable clip, Hose clip, 

Vacuum ring, Vacuum hose extension, 

1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø, 

1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, 

Wrench holder, 1 metal carrying 

case 

355.712 

1 125 Ø 359.416 

135



LDC 1709 FR 

125 mm grinding machine for dust-free grinding close 

to edges 






• Guard with pivoting segment to allow grinding right up to the 

wall. Height-adjustable to the disc height and for optimum dust 

extraction 







Weight 2,9 kg 

136 



Guard with pivoting edge segment 


3 cable clips 

Hose clip 

Wrench holder 


1 pin wrench 


1 clamping flange SW14 



Accessories LDC 1709 FR 

Brush ring 

For LDC 1709 FR. 

Dust guard with pivoting edge segment 

For LDC 1709 FR. 

Surface-Jet diamond grinding disc 

Adapter 


Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

1 348.422 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø 1 376.027 

Special diamond grinding disc for concrete cosmetics and 

removal of graffiti with vacuum diamond coating. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø 1 359.424 




number 

SAD-C D32 AS 1 393.398 




number 

SAD D32 WS/WSK 1 340.790


Kit System 

This is where to find the right LDC 1709 FR kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your 

applications. The order number listed includes the LDC 1709 FR in a kit consisting of machine with 

standard equipment and the selected grinding disc. 



The many diamond segments means smoother 

working and a better finish. Also increasing the life 

of the machine. Ideal for deburring concrete, for 

LD 1709 FR, LDC 1709 FR. 












The new dimension for removing thermal coatings, 

suitable for fast, effortless stripping of problem coatings. 

3 times quicker than normal diamond discs. The 

PCD segments remove problem coatings quickly and 

effectively without clogging. 

Turbo-Jet kit 1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø, 

Guard with pivoting edge segment, 

1 SoftVib handle, 3 cable 

clips, Hose clip, Wrench holder, 

1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping 

flange SW14, 1 hexagon socket 

wrench, SW 4, 1 vacuum adapter, 

Vacuum hose extension, 1 pin 

wrench, 1 metal carrying case 

Thermo-Jet 

Plus kit 

Thermo-Jet 

plus 

1 Thermo-Jet Plus, Guard with 

pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib 

handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip, 

Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut 

M14, 1 clamping flange SW14, 


1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose 

extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal 

carrying case 

355.674 

Turbo-Jet 1 125 Ø 348.899 

Screed-Jet 

Plus kit 

355.658 

1 125 Ø 359.378 

1 Screed-Jet Plus, Guard with 

pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib 







carrying case 

355.666 

Screed-Jet plus 1 125 Ø 359.394 

PCD grinding 

disc kit 

PCD grinding 

disc 

1 PCD disc, Guard with pivoting 

edge segment, 1 SoftVib 







carrying case 

378.259 

1 125 Ø 359.416 

137



LD 3206 C Accessories LD 3206 C 

Grinding machine for large areas, 180 mm 



stones 



• Vacuum attachment: 32 mm exterior Ø 


• Ideal for large areas 

• Cushioning element between the motor and rear handgrip: 

significantly reduces vibrations, reducing operator fatigue 

• Optimum guidance by rear shaft handle with integrated switch 

and bail handle 

• Suction hose/adapter not included in delivery package 







Weight 7,6 kg 

138 


Clamping nut 

1 clamping flange SW 17 

Guard 

Bail handle 

Cable clip 

Vacuum ring 


1 pin wrench 

1 pin spanner 




Adapter 





Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

180 Ø 1 258.626 

Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying case for LD 3206 C, 

BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR, BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV, 

SK 602 VV. 


number 

TK-S Multi 1 329.908 




number 

SAD-C D32 AS 1 393.398 




number 

SAD D32 WS/WSK 1 340.790


Kit System 

This is where to find the right LD 3206 C kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your applications. 

The order number listed includes the LC 3206 C in a kit consisting of machine with standard equipment 

and the selected grinding disc. 













Screed-Jet 

Plus kit 

1 Screed-Jet Plus, 1 clamping nut 

M14, 1 clamping flange SW 17, 


Vacuum ring, 1 hexagon socket 

wrench, SW 6, 1 pin wrench, 1 pin 

spanner, 1 plastic carry case 

355.739 

Screed-Jet plus 1 180 Ø 359.408 

Thermo-Jet 

Plus kit 

Thermo-Jet 

plus 

1 Thermo-Jet Plus, 1 clamping 

nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW 

17, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, 

Vacuum ring, 1 hexagon socket 

wrench, SW 6, 1 pin wrench, 1 pin 

spanner, 1 plastic carry case 

355.720 

1 180 Ø 359.386 

139



HPI 603 

Plaster ”Hedgehog“ scouring machine for plaster, 

concrete and screed 

• Soft start 


• Vacuum guard: with stepless height adjustment 

• Connection to external dust extractor using the supplied adapter 

• Sturdy scouring discs: from high quality carbide 

• 7 scouring axes with 28 flat-toothed milling discs 

• Ideal for working on large areas: stripping plaster, roughening 

concrete, smoothing shuttering joints and screed 


Scouring head Ø 150 mm 

Max. scouring depth 5 mm 




Weight 6,8 kg 


HPI 603 344.257 

! 


140 


28 flat toothed scouring discs 

1 side handle 

1 socket wrench 

1 mandrel 

1 pull-off fixture 



1 metal carrying case

Accessories HPI 603 

Carbide scouring discs 

Adapter 

28 replacement flat milling discs, solid carbide. For light soft 

plaster and removing carpet adhesive residues when a clean 

smooth surface is required. 

QP Order 

number 

28 256.587 

35 replacement pointed solid carbide milling discs for removing 

hard plaster and cement. Also for removing carpet adhesive 

residues when a roughened surface is required. 

QP Order 

number 

35 256.589 

For connection of 32 mm Ø suction hoses and suction hose 

extension SHV-C 32x0.5 m (296.953) to the device. 


number 

SAD D32-36 1 257.169 


Accessories 

141


Lithium-ion technology 

with convincing arguments. 

FLEX lithium-ion technology is characterised by its numerous advantages. For 

one thing the batteries allow the construction of very light-weight and compact 

machines. Thanks to a very low discharge rate (without memory effect), they are 

always ready for use. Furthermore, the batteries are recharged within a very short 

time. The batteries for the machines can be replaced within one battery class. 

In addition to the handy and light-weight ALi 10.8 G, FLEX offers 14.4 and 

18.0 volt drill drivers and impact drivers with 3.0 Ah. All power tools are compact 

in design, have excellent ergonomics, are easy to handle and have a very long 

service life. For optimum illumination of the work area, all cordless power tools 

feature an integrated and connectable LED light. 

And to prevent damage in transit, all power tools are delivered in stable carrying 

cases.

10,8 V 14,4 V 18,0 V 

ALi 10,8 G AD 14,4/3,0 ADH 14,4/3,0 

AID 14,4/3,0 

¼” 

AID 14,4/3,0 

½” 


Screw-driving, drilling or impact drilling? Who can do what? 

AD 18,0/3,0 R ADW 18,0-42 

can be found on Page 145 Page 150 Page 150 Page 150 Page 150 Page 113 Page 112 

Battery voltage 

Battery capacity 

Torque max. (drill setting) 

Torque positions 

No load speed 1st gear 

No load speed 2nd gear 

Blows per minute 

Chuck Ø 

Tool fixture 

Weight with battery 

10,8 V 14,4 V 14,4 V 14,4 V 14,4 V 18,0 V 18,0 V 

1,3 Ah 3,0 Ah 3,0 Ah 3,0 Ah 3,0 Ah 1,5/3,0 Ah 1,5/3,0 Ah 

38 Nm 60 Nm 60 Nm 145 Nm 230 Nm 40/60 Nm 8,5 Nm 

20+1 25+1 25+1 – – 20+1 – 

0-345 rpm 0-350 rpm 0-350 rpm 0-2400 rpm 0-2200 rpm 0-360 rpm 0-4200 rpm 

0-1240 rpm 0-1800 rpm 0-1800 rpm – – 0-1500 rpm – 

– – 0-27000 rpm – – – – 

0,8-10 mm 1-13 mm 1-13 mm – – 1,5-13 mm – 

– – – ¼” ½” ¼” ¼” 

1,1 kg 1,8 kg 1,9 kg 1,4 kg 1,5 kg 1,4 kg 1,6 kg 

143


Cordless drill driver 10,8 V 

ALi 10,8 G 

10,8 volts can be so powerful. 

Designed for professional continuous operation constructed appropriately robust – e.g solid, yet light aluminium gear housing 

and completelymetal drill chucks on the cordless drills and hammer drills ensure lasting stability and long service life. The user 

friendliness is exemplary: with non-slip rubber grip to improve the feel in the hand and an ultra-sensitive accelerator trigger 

switch with quick stop. 

Let there be light! 

ALi 10.8 G includes an LED lamp as standard 

equipment and is powered by the auxiliary 

battery. 

144 

Simple battery change 

The easy-change battery pack reduces work 

interruptions to a minimum. Two speeds on 

the ALi 10.8 G ensure optimum speed selection 

for drilling and screwdriving. 

Advantages of lithium ion 

technology 

– No memory effect 

– Powerful: full battery power from 

the first to the last screw 

– Low weight, lighter than conventional 

batteries, better to handle 

– Protection System: protects from 

overloading, overheating and deep 

discharge.

ALi 10,8 G 

2 speed cordless drill/screwdriver with lithium ion 

technology 

• 20 torque and 1 drill setting 

• Quick-action chuck with spindle lock 

• Exchangeable lithium ion battery 1,3 Ah 

• No memory effect 


• Rapid battery charger (charge time 60 min) 

• Small machine with lots of power 



• Perfect for drilling in wood, plywoods, plastics and metal. 

Thanks to its compact design it is especially good when working 

in restricted spaces 



Battery capacity 1,3 Ah 

Torque max. (drill setting) 38 Nm 




Chuck Ø 0,8-10 mm 



ALi 10,8 G 338.583 


2 battery pack 

1 rapid battery charger 

1 LED light 

Bit set 




Accessories ALi 10,8 

Rapid charger 

LED light 

Battery pack 

Charging time 60 min for battery pack 10.8 V/1.3 Ah Li-Ion. 

QP Order 

number 

1 336.327 

Battery not included. The standard auxiliary battery in the 

ALi 10.8 V series or battery pack 336.319 can be used. 

Li-Ion battery pack 10.8 V/1.3 Ah for ALi 10.8 series 

QP Order 

number 

1 336.335 

QP Order 

number 

1 336.319 

145

146

The new FLEX 14.4 V battery range with 3.0 Ah. 


Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V 

The new 14.4 volt cordless power tools from FLEX are characterised above all in applications which require a universally applicable, 

compact and powerful cordless power tool for screwdriving, drilling and impact drilling. Ideally suitable for finishing and 

installation work with small to medium drill and screw diameters. The power tools are characterised by their compact design, 

optimum ergonomics, excellent handling and a very long service life. 

Keyless chuck AD/ADH 

With rotation stop, for clamping shank tools 

Ø 1-13 mm. 

2-speed gearbox AD/ADH 

Always the optimum speeds for screwdriving and 

drilling. 

Torque adjustment AD/ADH 

25 torque settings plus one drill setting. So 

that the force of the cordless screwdriver can be 

dosed correctly. 

Impact drilling function ADH 

For drilling in masonry, stone and concrete. 

LED light AD/ADH 

Integrated and can be connected for optimum 

illumination of the work area. 

LED light AID 

Integrated and can be connected for optimum 

illumination of the work area. 

Belt clip 

Practical belt hook ensures that the tool is always 

ready to hand. Available as an accessory 

(order no. 395.722). 

Tool holder AID 14.4/3.0 ¼” 

For holding ¼” bits. 

Tool holder AID 14.4/3.0 ½” 

For holding ½” attachable tools. 

Charging capacity display and LED light 

Integrated in the power tool. Informs you at 

a glance about the charge state of the battery 

cells. On/Off button for integrated LED light. 

Soft handle 

For safe, comfortable and non-slip handling. 

Clockwise/anti-clockwise 

Can be switched without gripping the handle. 


Battery technology with 14.4 volts 3.0 Ah. 

No memory effect. Battery easy to change. 

Side handgrip 

Suitable for all FLEX 14.4 volts cordless power 

tools from 07/2012. Available as an accessory. 

147



FLEX cordless screwdriver. 

More power thanks to new high-performance motors. 

The FLEX 14.4 volt cordless drill drivers and impact drivers offer an optimum combination of easy handling and professional 

performance thanks to their low weight and slender design. With a maximum torque of 60 newton metres (in a hard screwdriving 

case) the 2-speed cordless drill drivers AD 14.4/3.0 and ADH 14.4/3.0 are characterised by powerful screwdriving and drilling 

performance. However, particularly sensitive materials can be spot drilled precisely and gently thanks to the accelerator switch. 

All 14.4 volt power tools are supplied with two batteries. The charging time is maximum 60 minutes. 

148

Precise, powerful and versatile. 

Perfect handling 

Whether cordless drill driver AD 14.4/3.0 or 

cordless impact drill driver ADH 14.4/3.0, 

both power tools are characterised by perfect 

handling thanks to their ergonomic 

design. 

Universally applicable 

With a chuck width of 1–13 mm even size 8 

and size 10 mixing paddles can be inserted. 

Always the correct speed 

Both the cordless drill driver AD 14.4/3.0 

and the cordless impact drill driver 

ADH14.4/3.0 feature 25 torque settings 

and one drill setting. Therefore the correct 

speed is always available depending on the 

application. 

The choice is yours 

The cordless impact driver AID 14.4/3.0 ¼” 

features a ¼” bit holder, the AID 14.4/3.0 ½” 

a ½” holder for attachable tools. 



Drilling with precision 

The accelerator switch enables precise and 

gentle spot drilling particularly in sensitive 

materials. 

They really get to grip 

Both cordless impact drivers are adequately 

powerful. They are characterised by 

145 Nm (AID 14.4/3.0 ¼”) and 230 Nm 

(AID 14.4/3.0 ½”). 

149



AD 14,4/3,0; ADH 14,4/3,0 AID 14,4/3,0 ¼”; AID 14,4/3,0 ½” 

2-speed cordless drill driver 14,4 V with lithium ion 

technology 

• Keyless chuck and motor stop 

• Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety lock 






• Two speeds for excellent results in drilling wood, composite wood 

products, plastic and metal 

2-speed cordless impact drill 14,4 V with lithium ion 

technology 

Equipement see AD 14,4/3,0 

additional: 

• Hammer drilling function 

! Accessories page 151 

! 

150 

NEW 








Blows per minute 0-27000 bpm 

Chuck Ø 1 - 13 mm 

Weight with battery AD 1,8 kg 

Weight with battery ADH 1,9 kg 

Type 

AD 14,4/3,0 


Order no. 

2 batteries AP-K 14,4/3,0 

379.492 

1 rapid charger CA-K 14,4/60 

ADH 14,4/3,0 1 plastic carry case 379.514 

Cordless impact driver 14,4 V with lithium-ion 

technology 

• Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety lock 





• Ergonomic design 



Cordless impact driver 14,4 V with lithium-ion 

technology 

Equipement see AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” 

instead of tool holder for ¼” bit tools: 

• Tool holder for ½” attachable tools 






Tool fixture ½” 



AID 14,4/3,0 ½” 379.530 


NEW 









AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” 379.522 


2 batteries AP-K 14,4/3,0 

1 rapid charger CA-K 14,4/60 


Accessories AID, AD/ADH 14,4 

Rapid charger 

Battery pack 

Charging time 60 mins. for Li-Ion battery 14,4 V. 


number 

CA-K 14,4/60 1 348.694 

Battery pack Li-Ion 14,4 V / 3,0 Ah for AID 14,4 and 

AD/ ADH 14,4. 


number 

AP-K 14,4/3,0 1 391.018 

Diamond dry drill bits 

For drilling without water using cordless drill drivers or drills. Ideal for drilling 

dowel holes in fine stoneware tiles (up to hardness 5), granite and marble. 

Advantages at a glance 

• low technical effort in comparison with wet drilling, only 

cordless screwdriver required 

• no noise nuisance 

• no dirty water 

• no contamination of the tile grout with drilling sludge 

• subsequent cleaning and drying of the work area not required 

Tips and tricks: 

The service life of the drill bit is increased many times if the drill 

bit is cooled down briefly in water after each drilling process. To 

work effectively and economically, the DD-DRY should be used 

exclusively for drilling through hard coverings. Dowel holes in 

masonry or concrete should be made with HW drill bits. 

Optimum cooling by 

wax filling. The wax 

is melted by the heat 

generated during the 

drilling process and 

therefore cools the diamond 

impregnation. 

The multi-layered 

diamond impregnation 

ensures a maximum 

service life and rapid 

work progress. 

Diamond impregnation 

in the hollow spindle 

crushes the drill 

core and reduces the 

Designation D 

in mm 

T 

T 

in mm 

L 

in mm 

QP Order no. 

DD-DRY D6x30 HEX 6 30 80 1 386.286 

DD-DRY D8x30 HEX 8 30 80 1 386.294 

DD-DRY D10x30 HEX 10 30 80 1 386.308 

DD-DRY D14x30 HEX 14 30 80 1 386.316 

Handle 



Auxiliary handle for AD/ADH 14,4. 

Belt clip for AID, AD/ADH 14,4 


number 

HZ-S AD/ADH 14,4/3,0 1 395.897 


number 

GC AD/ADH/AID 14,4/3,0 1 395.722 

Tile drill bits 

For drilling without water using cordless drill drivers or drills. 

The extremely hard tip of the drill bit is pressed gently onto 

the surface of the tile. This makes a precision mark for the required 

drill hole. As the drill bit is self-centring, it cannot slip 

on hard surfaces. Ideally suited for drilling dowel holes in tiles 

and fine stoneware up to hardness 3. 


The drill bit drills through the covering (e.g. tile) only. 

A suitable carbide drill bit should be used for the material 

(masonry, concrete, etc.) under the covering. Insert tile drill 

bit TD clockwise only. 

D=Ø D 

drilling resistance. 

Absolutely precise spot 

The hollow shank 

reduces the weight 

and stores the coolant. 

Hexagonal shank AF 

for clamping in 13 mm 

drilling. The carbide 

drill point breaks the 

surface coating and 

prevents the drill bit 

from wandering. 

T 

chuck, prevents over- 

The vacuum-welded 

tightening in the chuck 

carbide cutting edge 

L and damage to the 

ensures maximum 

L 

shank. 

service life and a 

The three chuck jaws 

durable connection. 

are positioned fully on 

Cutting edge with 

the clamping surfaces 

diamond cut allows 

and provide the best 

exact spot drilling and 

grip. 

tear-free drilled holes. 

Designation D 

in mm 

T 

in mm 

The spiral spindle 

guarantees quick 

removal of the drilling 

dust. 

The hardened shank 

reduces damage and 

guarantees optimum 

concentricity. 

L 

in mm 

QP Order no. 

TD D5x50 D10 5 50 110 1 386.324 

TD D6x50 D10 6 50 110 1 386.332 

TD D8x50 D10 8 50 110 1 386.340 

151


2,5 kg rotary hammer drill 


The compact multi-talent. 

The light 2.5 kg and compact 800 watt CHE 2-26 SDS-plus hammer drill and chisel is ideal for drilling, hammer-drilling in 

masonry and concrete, for plugs, anchoring systems and through-holes. The 2.5 kg hammer drill is ideal for light-duty chiselling 

work and removal of plaster and tiles. 

Handy, precise and powerful 

The CHE 2-26 SDS-plus has no trouble at 

all in dealing with plug holes and throughholes 

up to 26 mm for electrical cables and 

tubes. 

152 

Simple tool change with SDS plus 

No tools are needed to change drills and 

chisels thanks to SDS-plus. As a result, the 

CHE 2-26 SDS-plus can be rapidly set to all 

the requirements. 

Small but really fine 

Even wall tiles present no difficulty for the 

CHE 2-26 SDS-plus thanks to its chiselling 

function. The chisel can be set in all 

positions.


Universal rotary hammer drill, 2,5 kg, SDS-plus 

• Light 800 watt hammer drill and chisel hammer, pistol design 

with the clockwise/anticlockwise rotation function 

• Hammer drilling 

• Depth limit gauge: for precision drilling 

• Rotation stop for chiselling 

• Max. drilling range up to 26 mm 

• Accelerator switch with lock-on function 

• Ideal for drilling and hammer drilling, diameters from 4-18 mm 

in masonry and concrete for dowel fixings or through-holes. 

• For light-duty chiselling work when removing plaster and tiles 




Single impact energy 

(EPTA) 

2,3 J 

Max. drill hole Ø in concrete 26 mm 

Max. drill hole Ø in masonry 

(drill bit) 

68 mm 

Max. drill hole Ø in wood 30 mm 


Tool fixture SDS-plus 

! 

Weight 2,5 kg 


CHE 2-26 SDS-plus 365.904 



1 handle 

1 drill depth stop 

Carry case 


Universal rotary hammer drill, 2,5 kg 

Versatile 

Easy-to-operate switch for the 

following functions: 

1 Drilling without hammer 

2 Drilling with hammer 

3 Continuous chisel positioning 

4 Hammer function for chiselling 

Accelerator trigger switch 

Acceleration trigger, lock-on 

function and a clockwise/anticlockwise 

function. 

A firm grip 

The soft grip ensures a secure 

hold. 

This one has a smart head on 

its shoulders 

The additional handle with 

an integrated depth stop can 

be easily rotated and locked 

at the desired position. With 

the SDS-plus you can quickly 

change both drills and chisels 


153


Rotary hammer drill 


Handy 5 kg combined hammer drill. 

The handy and powerful 1100 watt CHE 5-45 SDS-max hammer drill and chisel in L form has a hammer-impact drill function, 

chisel function and a rotation stop for chiselling with vibrationdampened handle. It also has a service display. Regular maintenance 

greatly extends the life of the machine. 

He works flat out 

The CHE 5-45 SDS-max is particularly 

suitable for trimming work to remove 

plaster, masonry and light concrete. 

154 

Rough but cordial 

The vibration-proof handle protects the 

user especially when performing heavy-duty 

trimming and drilling work. 

Through thick and thin 

The CHE 5-45 SDS-max effortlessly drills and 

hammer-drills in masonry and concrete. For 

example, for drilling holes for compound 

anchor attachments and through-holes.


Universal rotary hammer drill, 5 kg, SDS-max 

• Handy L-design 1100 watt rotary hammer drill and chisel hammer 

• Hammer drilling 

• Rotation stop for chiselling 

• Max. drilling range: up to 45 mm with hammer drill, 80 mm drilling 

with a core drill, 90 mm drilling with carbide metal drill bit 

• With a variable speed setting for optimum speed depending on 

requirement and tool 

• With supplementary handgrip and vibration-dampened handle 

• Ideal for hammer-drilling, diameter 10-32 mm in masonry and 

concrete for composite or injection anchoring systems and 

through-holes 

• Suitable for light-duty chiselling work to remove plaster, masonry 

and lightweight concrete 

• The integrated service display indicates the next change for 

carbon brushes as well as the service interval 





(EPTA) 

7,1 J 

Chisel positions 12 


Max. drill hole Ø in masonry 

(drill bit) 

105 mm 


Tool fixture SDS-max 

! 

Weight 5,9 kg 


CHE 5-45 SDS-max 365.912 




1 handle 

1 tube of grease 

Carry case 


Universal rotary hammer drill, 5 kg 

It’s all in the head 

The additional handle with 

an integrated depth stop can 

be easily rotated and locked 

at the desired position. With 

the SDS-max you can quickly 

change both drills and chisels 


Always in the correct 

position 

Setting of the 12 chisel 

positions. 

A turn for the better 

Easy-to-operate switch for the 

following functions: Drilling 

with hammer and chisel 

functions. 

Anti-vibration 

The vibration-dampened and 

anti-slip handle ensures a 

secure hold and eases strain 

on the user. 

At the turn of a dial 

With a variable speed setting 

for optimum speed depending 

on requirement and tool 

The perfect service 

The CHE 5-45 SDS-max has 

both a power system (green) 

and service display. Send the 

machine to FLEX customer 

service should the service 

display (red) light up. 

Keeping to the maintenance 

intervals clearly extends the 

life of the machine. 

155


Demolition hammer, 5 kg 

DH 5 SDS-max 

The powerful 5 kg demolition hammer. 

The DH 5 SDS-max 5 kg demolition hammer is very handy and compact. With its powerful and sturdy 1050 watt motor it is ideal for 

medium-duty chiselling work in concrete and masonry particularly in walls and ceilings, for concrete face-lifting, tile and plaster 

removal and for through holes in walls and floors. 


The rear grip is equipped with vibration 

damping. This allows the user to work longer 

without tiring – even in continuous use. 

156 

Always held correctly 

It has a radially and axially hinged auxiliary 

handle. This enables the operator to always 

set the handle in the optimum position. 

In perfect position 

Thanks to the 12 tool-free adjustable chisel 

positions, the tool can always be optimally 

positioned.

DH 5 SDS-max 

Demolition hammer, 5 kg, SDS-max 

• Very handy and compact L-design 1050 watt chisel hammer 

• With side handle, can be both radially and axially rotated and 

vibration-dampened handle 

• Ideal for medium-duty chiselling work in concrete and masonry, 

especially in walls. Concrete face-lifting, removal of tiles and 

plaster and knocking-through in walls and floors 


Blows per minute 3500 bpm 



(EPTA) 

6,7 J 

Chisel positions 12 

Tool fixture SDS-max 

! 

Weight 5 kg 


DH 5 SDS-max 365.920 



1 handle 

1 tube of grease 

Carry case 


Demolition hammer, 5 kg 


The vibration-dampened and 

anti-slip handle ensures a 

secure hold and eases strain 

on the user. 

Always in the correct 

position 

Setting of the 12 chisel 

positions. 

Axially and radially 

The additional handle is axially 

and radially adjustable, 

always for finding an optimal 

hold. For an optimum hold 

and precision guidance. 

157


Accessories 

Accessories CHE 2-26 SDS-plus 

SDS 2-plus drill 

SDS-plus flat chisel 

SDS-plus sharp chisel 

158 

Drill with 2 solid carbide alloy cutters, reinforcement chamfer 

and centering point for easy, precision-point working. Asymmetrical, 

high-capacity double conveyor spirals for quick transfer 

of the drill dust. Core reinforcement for maximum energy 

transfer from hammer drill to drill tip. Vibration-damping and 

also conveys more energy to the cutting bit. Ideal for drilling in 

concrete, masonry and natural stone. 

Designation Diameter Length 

in mm in mm 

QP Order 

number 

HD 2-C D4x110 SDS-plus 4 110 1 367.931 

HD 2-C D5x110 SDS-plus 5 110 1 367.958 

HD 2-C D6x110 SDS-plus 6 110 1 367.966 

HD 2-C D5x160 SDS-plus 5 160 1 367.974 

HD 2-C D6x160 SDS-plus 6 160 1 367.982 

HD 2-C D8x160 SDS-plus 8 160 1 367.990 

HD 2-C D10x160 SDS-plus 10 160 1 368.008 

HD 2-C D12x160 SDS-plus 12 160 1 368.016 

HD 2-C D6x210 SDS-plus 6 210 1 368.024 

HD 2-C D8x210 SDS-plus 8 210 1 368.032 

HD 2-C D10x210 SDS-plus 10 210 1 368.040 

HD 2-C D12x210 SDS-plus 12 210 1 368.059 

HD 2-C D14x210 SDS-plus 14 210 1 368.067 

HD 2-C D16x210 SDS-plus 16 210 1 368.075 

HD 2-C D8x260 SDS-plus 8 260 1 368.083 

HD 2-C D10x260 SDS-plus 10 260 1 368.091 

HD 2-C D12x260 SDS-plus 12 260 1 368.105 

HD 2-C D14x260 SDS-plus 14 260 1 368.113 

HD 2-C D16x310 SDS-plus 16 310 1 368.121 

HD 2-C D18x200 SDS-plus 18 200 1 368.148 

HD 2-C D20x200 SDS-plus 20 200 1 368.156 

HD 2-C D18x450 SDS-plus 18 450 1 368.164 

HD 2-C D20x450 SDS-plus 20 450 1 368.172 

HD 2-C D22x450 SDS-plus 22 450 1 368.180 

HD 2-C D25x450 SDS-plus 25 450 1 368.199 

Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

flat 20 x 250 1 368.490 



in mm 

QP Order 

number 

pointed 250 1 368.504 

SDS-plus broad-flat chisel 

SDS-plus tile chisel 

Chisel/drill set SDS-plus 

The broad flat chisel is excellent for stripping plastered 

walls. Higher removal rate due to wedge effect. More material 

removal per chisel stroke. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

spat 40 x 250 1 368.512 

The tile chisel is suited for renovation work. It has a large leaf 

width, can be optimally placed in joints and also preserves the 

underground. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

cambered 40 x 250 1 368.628 

Set consisting of. 

SDS 2-plus drills 

1x 5 Ø x 110 mm, 

1x 6 Ø x 110 mm, 

1x 6 Ø 160 mm, 

1x 8 Ø x 160 mm, 

1x 10 Ø x 160 mm, 

1x sharp chisel SDS-plus 250 mm, 

1x flat chisel SDS-plus 250 mm. 

Quick-release drill chuck for CHE 2-26 SDS-plus 

SDS-plus adapter 

Diameter 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

1 368.571 

QP Order 

number 

1,5-13 1 272.639 

Adapter for ½” drill chuck (Order No. 272.639). 

QP Order 

number 

1 368.652

Accessories CHE 5-45 SDS-max 

SDS 2-max drill 

SDS 4-max drill 

Drill with 2 sharp carbide cutters. For drilling in concrete, 

masonry and natural stone. 


in mm in mm 

QP Order 

number 

HD 2-C D12x340 SDS-max 12 340 1 368.202 

HD 2-C D14x340 SDS-max 14 340 1 368.210 

HD 2-C D15x340 SDS-max 15 340 1 368.229 

HD 2-C D12x540 SDS-max 12 340 1 368.237 

HD 2-C D14x540 SDS-max 14 540 1 368.245 

HD 2-C D15x540 SDS-max 15 540 1 368.253 

The drill tipped 4-cut head design ensures centric guidance 

in the drill hole. Two additional secondary cutters protect the 

drill from impacting on any steel reinforcement. Moreover, the 

special spiral design reduces vibrations. Highly suitable for 

drilling in reinforced concrete. 


in mm in mm 

QP Order 

number 

HD 4-C D16x340 SDS-max 16 340 1 368.261 

HD 4-C D18x340 SDS-max 18 340 1 368.288 

HD 4-C D20x320 SDS-max 20 320 1 368.296 

HD 4-C D22x320 SDS-max 22 320 1 368.318 

HD 4-C D25x320 SDS-max 25 320 1 368.326 

HD 4-C D28x370 SDS-max 28 370 1 368.334 

HD 4-C D30x370 SDS-max 30 370 1 368.342 

HD 4-C D32x370 SDS-max 32 370 1 368.350 

HD 4-C D35x370 SDS-max 35 370 1 368.369 

HD 4-C D16x540 SDS-max 16 540 1 368.377 

HD 4-C D18x540 SDS-max 18 540 1 368.385 

HD 4-C D20x520 SDS-max 20 520 1 368.393 

HD 4-C D22x520 SDS-max 22 520 1 368.407 

HD 4-C D24x520 SDS-max 24 520 1 368.415 

HD 4-C D25x520 SDS-max 25 520 1 368.423 

HD 4-C D28x570 SDS-max 28 570 1 368.431 

HD 4-C D30x570 SDS-max 30 570 1 368.458 

HD 4-C D32x570 SDS-max 32 570 1 368.466 

HD 4-C D35x570 SDS-max 35 570 1 368.474 

HD 4-C D40x570 SDS-max 40 570 1 368.482 

Accessories CHE 5-45, DH 5 SDS-max 

SDS-max flat chisel 

SDS-max sharp chisel 

SDS-max broad-flat chisel 

SDS-max tile chisel 

SDS-max chisel set 

Drill dust adapter 




in mm 

QP Order 

number 

flat 25 x 400 1 368.539 



in mm 

QP Order 

number 

pointed 400 1 368.547 

The broad flat chisel is excellent for stripping plastered 

walls. Higher removal rate due to wedge effect. More material 

removal per chisel stroke. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

spat 50 x 400 1 368.555 

The tile chisel is suited for renovation work. It has a large leaf 

width, can be optimally placed in joints and also preserves the 

underground. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

cambered 50 x 300 1 368.563 

Set consisting of 1x sharp chisel 400 mm SDS-max, 1x flat 

chisel SDS-max 25 x 400 mm. 

QP Order 

number 

1 368.601 

The drill dust extractor is connected to the suction hose of the 

FLEX vacuum cleaners or to different adapters so that the dust 

is extracted directly through the drill hole. There is no dust 

residue. For drilling applications up to Ø 24 mm. 


in mm 


Accessories 

QP Order 

number 

SAD BS D32 290 x 65 1 394.025 

159


Dry core drilling 

Core drilling 

Drilling where low noise, no dust or vibration is requested. 

Without vibration, a concrete core is cut out with absolute precision - even reinforcing bars pose no problem. Ideal for drilling 

and through hole work in sensitive areas, such as hospitals, laboratories, computer facilities, office buildings and schools, etc. 

With our range of dry and wet core drills and the complementary accessory range, we provide you with the tools for effective, 

low-vibration and economical working. 

Perfect extraction system 

The innovative extraction system in 

conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum 

cleaners reduces the production of healthharmful 

drilling dust to a minimum. 

160 

Right on the spot 

Centring star for pinpoint accuracy. To 

ensure the optimum positioning of the centring 

bar in each drill bit, the FLEX accessory 

programme includes the matching centring 

star. 

Quick-Snap system 

Only the FLEX Quick-Snap system 

with its removable extractor ring 

allows work to be done with and 

without dust extraction using the 

same basic holder. Core bits: no 

special core bits are required. All 

core bits with a standard M16 thread 

can be used. (Special core bits are 

needed when dust extraction is 

used.)

BH 812 VV 

2-speed core drill for dry drilling 

• VV electronic control: constant speed control, soft start 

with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection, 

temperature monitoring and speed selection 

• Long additional handle: turns and latches in pre-set positions to 

absorb high torque in freehand operation 

• Safety slip clutch: offers protection if the core drill is jammed 

• Clamping neck: 53 mm, suitable for application in drilling stands 

• Ideal for dry drilling 

• Mechanical 2-speed gear unit and variable, electric speed setting 

provide optimum speeds for a wide range of drilling diameters 




Speed under load 

1st/2nd gear 

0-1000 / 0-3800 rpm 

Tool fixture ⅝”-16 UN / M 16 

Max. drilling Ø masonry 180 mm 

Weight 4,2 kg 


BH 812 VV 260.190 

! 



1 handle 



1 wrench case 


1 clamp fitting with ratchet clip 

1 adapter ⅝”-16UN/M16 




161


Accessories 

Accessories BH 612 VR, BH 812 VV 

Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, universal 

Dry, M 16 internal thread, for masonry, with 

dust extractor for quick-snap system, useful 

length 80 mm. 

Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, abrasive 

Dry, M 16 internal thread, for masonry, with 

dust extractor for quick-snap system, useful 

length 80 mm. 

Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, specially soldered 

Dry, M 16 internal thread, for dense sand-lime 

bricks, with dust extractor for quick-snap 

system, useful length 80 mm. 

Diamond drill bits with dust extractor for Quick-Snap 

Dry, M 16 inner thread, for masonry, with dust 

extraction for Quick-Snap system, effective 

length 400 mm. 

Suction rotor Quick-Snap 

Extracts health-hazardous dusts and thereby 

increases the drill bit's service life. Connection 

for standard drill bits M 16, by tool-free 

drill bit exchange. Light rotor with excellent 

suction power; dry drilling is also possible 

with the same system without extraction. 

Quick and simple cleaning by tool-free 

removal of the suction unit. Connection 

dimensions ⅝” UN 16. Consisting of: Rotor 

and 1 drill adapter 340.235. 

Drill adapter Quick-Snap 

For screwing onto the drill bits / drill bits for 

socket outlets. Connection: M 16. 

Centering mount Quick-Snap 

Diamond drill bit for socket outlets, magnetic 

with drill. 

suitable 


162 

Diameter 

in mm 

Segments QP Order 

number 

BH 612 VR 

BH 812 VV 

68 Ø 3 1 349.062 

82 Ø 4 1 349.070 

68 Ø 3 1 349.100 

82 Ø 4 1 349.119 

68 Ø 3 1 349.127 

82 Ø 4 1 349.135 

68 Ø 1 349.143 

102 Ø 1 349.151 

152 Ø 1 349.178 

1 340.243 

1 340.235 

1 340.227

Accessories BH 612 VR, BH 812 VV 

Centering bar Quick-Snap 

For diamond drill bits, effective length 

400 mm, magnetic with drill. Without 

centring star. 

Centering star Quick-Snap 

For centring bar 340.200, fits drill bit 

Ø 68 mm. 

For centering bar 340.200, fits drill bit 

Ø 102 mm. 

For centering bar 340.200, fits drill bit 

Ø 152 mm. 

Suction adapter for Quick-Snap 

Adapter 32/36 mm, can be rotated, tapered, 

hard. To connect the 32 mm hose with the 

suction rotor 340.243. 

Adapter 

Adapter ⅝”-16 UN to M 16 for connecting the 

machine directly to the drill bit. 

Centering aid with clamp fitting 

For drill bits with an effective length of 

180 mm. 

Extension for centering aid 

For drill bits with an effective length of 

400 mm. 


Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying 

case for LD 3206 C, BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR, 

BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV, SK 602 VV. 

Designation Durchmesser 

in mm 


Accessories 

QP Order 

number 

BH 612 VR 

BH 812 VV 

1 340.200 

68 Ø 1 340.162 

102 Ø 1 340.146 

152 Ø 1 340.111 

1 340.081 

1 255.424 

1 259.491 

1 255.468 

TK-S Multi 1 329.908 

163

Special tool 

Wall chaser 

The FLEX wall chaser. 

It does you a good turn. 

Cutting slots with 2 parallel running FLEX high-performance 

diamond cutting discs. The middle partition can 

then be broken out using the supplied slot breaker. Only 

the FLEX wall chaser allows changeover from vertical pull 

cutting to horizontal push cutting. Unlock, swivel the 

motor, lock - finished! Fatigue-free working in both directions! 

Working direction 

164 


At the turn of a dial 

It does not matter in which direction you are 

cutting. The swivelling vacuum hose adapter 

allows for hinderence free working. 

Tool-free and simple 

The disc guard can be opened and the 

quick-clamp nut loosened without any additional 

tools. In this way you can change 

the diamond cutting discs and quickly adjust 

the distance rings according to the desired 

groove width. 

The trick is in the swivel 

Patented swivel-mounted motor (EP1693169) 

allows for push and pull cutting. 

Easy depth setting 

You can use the scale - which is divided into 

5 mm increments - on the disc guard to set 

how deep the milled cut should be. 


MS 1706 FR Set 

Wall chaser for push and pull cutting 



• Patented swivel-mounted motor (EP1693169) allows for push 

and pull cutting. 

• Optimal dust extraction and maximum safety due to enclosed 

guard 

• Tool-free blade changing and slit width adjustment 

• Rotating adaptor for dust extractor 

• Tool-free cutting depth adjustment 

• Plunge cut stop 

• Chases two parallel slots up to 35 mm deep and 30 mm wide 

• Slot breaker for easy removal of the remaining material without 

a hammer 



Cutting depth 0-35 mm 

Groove width 10-30 mm 






Weight 4,6 kg 


MS 1706 FR Set 329.673 


2 Diamantjet VI-Speedcut-cutting 

disc 140 mm Ø 

1 side handle 

1 SDS-Clic quick-clamp nut M 14 

Distance spacers 

Stacking discs 

Clamping flanges 

1 web remover 

1 adapter for dust extractor 

Cable clip 


F 1109 

710 watt gutter support groove cutter 

• Rugged motor 

• 4 HSS reversible cutters: the cutters can be reversed, allowing 

them to be used four times 

• Cutting head: 80 mm diameter, M 14 tool fixture 

• Controlled chip channelling 

• Adjustable to 6 mm and 8 mm thick gutter supports 





Planer width 40 mm 

Planer depth 6 / 8 mm 

No. of cutters 4 pieces 

Weight 3,9 kg 


F 1109 251.338 


1 set HHS reversible cutters 

(4 pieces) 


1 torx wrench 

1 open-ended wrench SW 30/17 

Special tool 


Accessories MS 1706 FR Set 

Diamantjet VI - Speedcut 

For cuts in walls, limestone, concrete and porous concrete. 

Due to the innovative HDS (high density sintered) technology, 

which can be recognised by the high density and homogeneity 

of the binding components, the Speedcut cutting disc stands 

out because of its uniform light cutting action, its long life 

span and the overheating protection it offers. Due to the ribbed 

form, only minimal pressure needs to be applied and the debris 

is removed quickly: the workpiece is cut cleanly and smoothly. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Accessories F 1109 

Reversible blades 

QP Order 

number 

140 Ø 1 334.464 

HM reversible blades 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

21 x 21 4 229.555 

HSS reversible blades 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

21 x 21 4 241.091 

165


FLEX. Sands and sands and sands… 

Everything starts with sanding. Since 1922 everything at FLEX has revolved around 

sanding. Whether angle grinder, polisher, renovation sander or even long-necked 

sander – the main focus has always been on the perfect sanding result. Thanks to 

its many years of experience, FLEX today is the perfect partner for the trade when 

it comes to professional sanding machines. 

The angle grinders from FLEX are a synonym for a complete category of tools. 

A sign of quality, reliability and power of the sanding tools from FLEX. 

It is always about the quick and easy removal of different materials from a wide 

range of surfaces. And more than ever the focus is on the health of the user. This 

is why the SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 was developed. It is characterised by very high 

material removal and optimum extraction. Gearbox, smooth running and motor 

output make the SUPRAFLEX the specialist for the efficient sanding of a wide scope 

of materials such as metal, stone, paint and wood. 

FLEX sanding system 

To ensure that the work can be 

performed easier and quicker, 

FLEX offers accessories suitable 

for the sanders, such as Velcro 

sanding pads and sanding tools. 

The intelligent and powerful 

FLEX extraction systems provide 

for a low-dust workplace. 

Organisation system. 

Machine and accessories are 

securely and clearly arranged 

with the new box-on-box system 

from FLEX. More information on 

the new Box on Box system from 

FLEX starting on page 282. 

Sanding accessories. 

The FLEX Velcro systems 

are characterised 

by secure adhesion of 

the sanding tool, high 

temperature resistance 

and long service life.

Application overview of sanding 

Surfaces 

Curves 

Corners/edges 

Profiles 


SE 14-2 125 

WSE 500 

Rotary sander 

WST 700 VV 

Vario 

WSE 7 

Vario Set 

LL 1107 VEA 


RE 14-5 115 

• • • • • • • • • 

ORE 125-2 

X 1107 VE 

• • 

OSE 80-2 

WST 700 VV 

Vario Plus 

WSE 7 

Vario Plus 

• • • • • 

Sanding tools. 

The best results can be obtained 

with suitable sanding tools 

only. FLEX sanding tools stand 

for a long service life, high 

sanding performance and best 

surface quality. 

Random-orbit 

sander 

Suction hose. 

With anti-static feature for 

increased safety and greater 

working comfort. The FLEX Clip 

system simplifies connection – 

no adapters or reducing sleeves 

required. 

Palm 

sander 


Triangular sander 

ODE 100-2 

• 

Safety vacuum cleaners. 

The filter systems of the FLEX 

safety vacuum cleaners reliably 

separate out dust, in classes 

L, M and H (even harmful 

substances). 

167

The new SUPRAFLEX. The smooth running power pack. 

SUPRAFLEX – this means: virtually dust-free sanding of a wide range of materials and surfaces with a uniquely high removal rate. 

Thanks to a two-stage gearbox, the new SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 has high torques, even at the lower speed range, for speeds 

which are appropriate for the material. The two-stage gearbox in this class provides for a unique smooth running performance 

and optimum cooling of the motor. Apart from the inner values, the new SUPRAFLEX is characterised by perfect handling, as well 

as its ergonomics and compact design. 

Grip hood with SoftGrip 

Ergonomically shaped for optimum and precise 

control of the machine. A side handle can be 

screwed on if required. 

Compact and ergonomical 

Thanks to the ergonomical and low design and 

the low weight, even areas which are difficult to 

access can be processed easily. 

Simple operation 

Sliding switch for single-hand operation. Also 

approved for processing metal and stone. 

Removal without end 

Powerful and high-output 1400 watt motor for 

greater removal rate than traditional eccentric 

sanders. 

Controllable speed of 600–2100 rpm 

The speed controller ensures that the speed is 

correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing. 

Extremely quiet 

The gearbox of the SUPRAFLEX is an innovative 

combination of planetary and lapped angular 

gears. Planetary gears can transmit very high 

torques despite their very compact design. 

Extremely low noise generation thanks to sound 

optimization, even under load. 



Extraction hood with swivel segment 

Enables you to work near edges at maximum extraction 

power. Can be opened without any tools. 

Easy and without any tools 

Height adjustment and removal of the extraction 

guard hood without additional tool. 


For fixed hose connection. Adapter with FLEX 

Clip connection for Ø 32 mm snap connection 

included in the standard equipment. 

Spindle lock 

Ideally positioned to prevent improper operation 

and does not interfere with the grip area. 

Intelligent air flow 

The optimised air flow ensures the best possible 

cooling of gearbox and motor. And there is no 

annoying exhaust air for the user. 

Good for your health 

The 8-hole system ensures a virtually dust-free 

workplace. 

169



SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 

The specialist for painted surfaces. 

Demanding customers are focussing more and more on high-quality surfaces. Optimum preparation and appropriate technology 

are required to achieve this. The SUPRAFLEX and the matching sanding tools achieve the best results. The new SUPRAFLEX stands 

for high removal rate and optimum surface quality. It runs extremely quietly and features a unique extractor. In combination with 

the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners the working environment is virtually dust-free. 

170

More power for more results. 

Convincing extraction power 

In conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum 

cleaners the SUPRAFLEX, thanks to its 

unique extraction power, ensures a virtually 

dust-free workplace. 

Extremely quiet running 

Motor and gearbox are characterised in 

this class by a unique smooth running 

performance. Furthermore, the noise 

generation is considerably reduced by sound 

optimisation. 

Precise and safe control. 

With the ergonomically shaped grip hood 

with SoftGrip the SUPRAFLEX can be guided 

precisely and safely. 

Up to the edge 

The extraction hood of the SUPRAFLEX 

enables you to work near edges at maximum 

extraction power. The segment can be 

opened quickly and without any tools. 



Unique removal rate 

1400 watts provide adequate power reserves 

at all speed ranges. This allows unique 

removal rates on all materials. 

Traditional eccentric sanders 

Sanding performance per minute 

The SUPRAFLEX has a 300% greater removal 

rate than traditional eccentric sanders 

(source: FLEX test workshop). 

171




The specialist for stainless steel and steel alloy. 

The stepless speed control adjusts speeds from 600 to 2100 rpm for sanding and polishing steel, stainless steel, steel alloy and 

aluminium. The speeds remain constant even under load. The SUPRAFLEX features a soft start to ensure a smooth start. The temperature 

monitor prevents windings from burning through. The restart interlock prevents the machine from starting unintentionally 

after a power failure. The completely encapsulated electronics module is protected from damage by metal dust. 

172

The SE 14-2 125 knows no limits. 

Gentle removal on any surface 

Old paints and varnishes on metal surfaces 

can be removed effortlessly with the 

SUPRAFLEX. Despite its high removal rate, 

it protects the surfaces. 

CERAFLEX 

The new sanding tool CERAFLEX is characterised 

by a high removal rate with low heat 

generation and above all by its special ceramic 

grit on the fabric base. This prolongs 

the service life significantly and increases 

the cost-effectiveness. 

Versatile applications 

Polishing flap discs for sanding, cleaning 

and finishing work can also be used for 

processing stainless steel. The required 

accessories, clamping flange and clamping 

nut, are included in the stainless steel set 

393.428. 

CORKFLEX 

The coarse structure of CORKFLEX reduces 

heat generation on the surface, above all 

when fine sanding. As a result, the service 

life is three times longer than comparable 

sanding tools. The cork accessory also provides 

a better deep cleaning of the surface. 

For a greater gloss and better haptics. 



Suitable for processing aluminium 

The excellent extraction power and the low 

speeds also allow aluminium and galvanised 

steel to be processed. 

It stays cold 

The optimised air flow ensures the best 

possible cooling of gearbox and motor. 

And there is no annoying exhaust air for 

the user. 

173




The specialist for natural and artificial stone. 

For 90 years FLEX has been your competent and innovative partner for processing natural and artificial stone. The longstanding 

competence of FLEX also includes the knowledge which its engineers have about the nature of stone, its characteristics and 

sensitivities. Therefore, it goes without saying that the new SUPRAFLEX does not damage or soil valuable natural stone, but 

processes it professionally and appropriate to the particular material. 

174

Why wet when dry is just as good? 

Working in all positions 

The ergonomics and especially the handling 

of the SUPRAFLEX also facilitate the processing 

of difficult areas. Particularly where 

details are important. 

Make something new from something old! 

Worn or damaged natural or artificial stone 

for steps, window sills, floor tiles, exposed 

concrete areas, etc. can be processed effortlessly 

with the SUPRAFLEX and the suitable 

accessories. 

Close to the surface 

The SUPRAFLEX has a very flat gear head to 

keep the distance from the surface as small 

as possible. This facilitates precise control 

of the machine. 

Also outstandingly powerful 

Despite the opened guard hood, the extraction 

power of the SUPRAFLEX remains 

constant. This avoids constantly opening 

and closing the hood when processing small 

areas near edges. 



Diamond pads for dry sanding 

Without using water. This has a huge advantage 

for repair and renovation work indoors. 

In conjunction with the dust extractor there 

is almost no debris. 

Brilliant result up to the edge 

The guard hood of the SUPRAFLEX was designed 

in such a way that the upright surface 

is not damaged when sanding and polishing 

near edges. 

175




The specialist for wood processing. 

In addition to the processing of painted surfaces, stainless steel and steel alloy and natural and artificial stone, the SUPRAFLEX 

is also particularly suitable for sanding wood surfaces. The SUPRAFLEX is characterised by its advantages in this respect as well. 

This applies in particular to handling, the size of the housing, the unique extraction power, the quiet running characteristics 

and the option of working near edges. And when material is to be removed quickly, it provides more than enough power with the 

1400 watt motor output and the two-stage gearbox. 

176

From sanding to polishing. 

Optimum handling 

When sanding, the right feel is always 

important. The rubberised grip hood of 

the SUPRAFLEX ensures the perfect grip and 

safe control. 

Two-stage gearbox 

The innovative two-stage gearbox of the 

SUPRAFLEX reaches a high torque even 

at low speeds. This ensures rapid work 

progress. 

When things get tight 

Thanks to the low height of the housing, 

the SUPRAFLEX can also be guided effortlessly 

in confined areas. 

Pianissimo 

The SUPRAFLEX is also characterised by its 

very low noise generation. This makes work 

even more pleasant. 



From sanding to polishing 

Remove the guard hood easily and without 

any tools, set the optimum speed and 

the sander becomes a polisher. It can’t be 

simpler. 

Polishing felt pads 

Made from natural raw materials. Ideally 

suited for polishing stainless steel, nonferrous 

metals, wood surfaces, mineralbased 

materials, paints, glass, acrylic glass 

(in conjunction with the correct polishes/ 

agents and oils for sealing and care). 

177



SE 14-2 125 Set 

SUPRAFLEX, the sanding specialist for metal, stone, painted 

surfaces, wood 

• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogenerator-controlled constant 

speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. 

• Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for optimum cooling 

• Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear. No annoying exhaust 

air for the user 

• Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces noise to an 

absolute minimum 

• Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can therefore be 

operated safely in any position. 

• Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can be controlled with 

precision and is always comfortable yet secure to hold. 

• Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust. 

Protective guard on the winding end of the armature and plated winding on the 

armature. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life. 

• Epoxy-coated winding on the field coil 

• Guard with pivoting edge segment 

• Genuine operation thanks to conveniently placed and dust-protected on/off switch 

• 4 metres PUR H07-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly resistant to cuts 

and abrasions 


• Sanding specialist for refurbishing, renovating, modernising, processing stainless 

steel, metal, natural/artificial stone, wood surfaces, painted surfaces 


Max. back-up pad diameter 125 mm 





Dimensions (L x W x H, 

including extraction hood) 

370x170x140 mm 

Weight 2,6 kg 


SE 14-2 125 Set 391.174 

! 


178 

NEW 


1 guard hood SG D125 SE 

1 Adapter SAD-C D32 AS 

1 auxiliary handle SE 14-2 125 M8 

1 velcro sanding pad SP D125-8 H/F 


1 case insert TKE SE 14-2 125 

4 sheets of sandingpaper Ø 125 mm 

1 offset face spanner 


1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 long 

3 cable clips


The suitable set for each application. 



Carrying case TK-L BoB-1 


1 1 1 

+ Case insert 

+ Case insert 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

1 

1 

Paint-Set 

QP 

Guard Adapter Velcro backing pad Side handgrip Carry case TK-L BoB-2 

Order no. Order no. 

393.436 

Inox-Set 

393.428 

ZIRCOFLEX 

D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25 


D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25 


D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25 

SELECTFLEX 

D125-8 SE-P120 VE50 

SELECTFLEX 

D125-8 SE-P180 VE50 

MESHFLEX 

D125-8 ME-A100 VE5 

MESHFLEX 

D125-8 ME-A280 VE5 

1 Natural fibre felt pad hard 1 

1 Natural fibre felt pad soft 1 

3 

3 

3 

10 

10 

10 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 


D125 CO-P280 VE15 


D125 CO-P400 VE15 


D125 CO-P800 VE15 


D125 CE-K80 VE50 


D125 CE-K120 VE50 


D125 CE-K180 VE50 

Velcro sanding fleece coarse 

Velcro sanding fleece medium 

Velcro sanding fleece very fine 

Clamping flange CF SE 14-2 

Clamping nut 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Stone-Set 

Designation QP 

Bezeichnung 

QP 



Order no. 

393.444 

Bezeichnung 


+ Case insert 

Natural fibre felt pad hard 

Natural fibre felt pad soft 


DP 50 DRY D125 


DP 100 DRY D125 


DP 400 DRY D125 


DP 800 DRY D125 


DP 3000 DRY D125 

179


FLEX palm, delta and random orbit 

sanders. The compact power tools for 

small areas, corners and edges. 

Your demanding customers are focussing more and more on high-quality surfaces. 

Optimum preparation and corresponding technology are required to achieve this. 

The best results are obtained with the single-hand sanders from FLEX and the 

matching sanding tools. Whether a palm, delta or random orbit sander – all machines 

run extremely quietly and feature an integrated extractor. In combination 

with the FLEX safety extractors your working environment will be almost dust-free.

Always the correct choice. 

Shapes/radii 

Abrasion 

Surface quality 


Palm sander OSE 80-2 Delta sander ODE 100-2 Random-orbit sander ORE 125-2 

Corners/edges 

181

182

For the perfect finish. 



The FLEX palm sanders OSE 80-2 and FLEX delta sanders ODE 100-2 are particularly suitable for sanding small areas, corners 

and edges. The FLEX random orbit sander ORE 125-2 is ideal for sanding shapes and radii. All FLEX single-hand sanders are 

characterised by a very high surface quality particularly when used for fine sanding. 

The FLEX single-hand sanders are extremely robust thanks to the dustproof bearing. A special balancing system ensures low- 

vibration operation – this protects joints when working. The highly precise machining of all components considerably reduces 

noise generation. The compact and particularly light-weight single-hand power tools with optimum ergonomics provide 

comfortable working conditions. 

Softgrip 

Always safe stop and good guidance of the device 

thanks to easy-to-use handle cap with Softgrip 

insert. 

Single-hand operation 

Genuine single-hand operation thanks to 

conveniently placed and dust-protected On/Off 

switch. 

Always the correct tempo 

Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed 

control. No more damaged workpieces 

They are hard-wearing 

All single-hand sanders feature sanding plates 

made of a very hard-wearing special material. 

High extraction power 

Clean workplace and good health protection 

thanks to integrated extractor or connection of 

an extractor. 

Environmentally aware 

No environmental pollution due to damaged filter 

bags. Protection by cassette made of impact-resistant 

plastic. 

183



FLEX single-hand sanders 

Handy, low-vibration and powerful. 

The FLEX single-hand sanders are characterised by their excellent handling and lightweight properties. Whether you want to 

sand down old paint on wood, grout, wood floors, metal surfaces or wall paints – you are always master of the situation with the 

FLEX single-hand sanders. 

184

Fast and furious sanders. 

Genuine single-hand operation 

Genuine single-hand operation possible 

thanks to the ergonomic design and the 

optimally positioned On/Off switch. The 

Softgrip insert also supports comfortable 

handling. 

Light-weight 

Even when working overhead, the singlehand 

sanders from FLEX are characterized by 

their easy handling and low weight. 

Effective integrated extraction 

The integrated dust extractor ensures greater 

cleanliness at the workplace and provides 

effective protection for your health. 

Either with filter cassette or with connection 

(Ø 27 mm) for extractors. 

Totally perfect 

The FLEX random orbit sander ORE 125-2 is 

the ideal solution for sanding shapes and 

radii. 



Corner specialist 

The FLEX delta sanders OD 100-2/ODE 100-2 

easily access the smallest corner. Any additional 

manual work is therefore unnecessary. 

For the perfect surface 

When sanding with the ORE 125-2, the 

random orbit technology and the disc brake 

produce an optimum surface quality. 

185



OSE 80-2 

Palm sander with speed control 

• Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more 

damaged workpieces 

• Ergonomically designed, handy grip cover with soft grip insert 

ensures a secure grip and good guidance 

• Small and particularly light one-handed unit with excellent 

ergonomics and special balancing for low-vibration operation to 

make work effortless and reduce the stress on joints of the user 

• Integrated dust extraction and reliable disposal of the sanding 

dust using large volume filter bag made of tear-resistant paper. 

The filter bag is protected by an impact-resistant plastic cassette 

case 


• Long service life backing plate made of special tough material 

• Especially for sanding small surfaces and edges 

• Especially suitable for overhead work 



No load speed 8000 - 13000 rpm 

Orbit rate, no load 16000 - 26000 opm 

Orbit 2,0 mm 

Backing plate 80 x 130 mm 

Sanding media fixing hook and loop 

Dust extraction connection Ø 27 mm 

Weight 1,2 kg 


OSE 80-2 379.034 

OSE 80-2 Set 379.158 


! 

186 


OSE 80-2: 

1 velcro backing plate, 80x130 8F 

1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag 


OSE 80-2 Set: 

1 velcro backing plate, 80x130 8F 


Sanding paper SELECTFLEX 

25x P 80, 25x P 120 

Carry case 

Case insert 

ODE 100-2 

Delta sander with speed control 











case 



• Especially for sanding on corners and edges 






Orbit 2,0 mm 

Backing plate 100 x 150 mm 



Weight 1,2 kg 


ODE 100-2 379.050 

ODE 100-2 Set 379.085 



ODE 100-2: 

1 velcro backing plate 



ODE 100-2 Set: 

1 velcro backing plate 



25x P 80, 25x P 120 

Carry case 

Case insert

ORE 125-2 

Random-orbit sander with speed control 











case 



• Equipped with disc brake, as a result no unwanted sanding marks 

are produced on the workpiece and expensive corrective finishing 

is not required 

• Especially for working round shapes 






Orbit 2,0 mm 

Backing pad Ø 125 mm 



Weight 1,2 kg 


ORE 125-2 379.069 

ORE 125-2 Set 379.077 


ORE 125-2: 

1 velcro backing pad 



ORE 125-2 Set: 

1 velcro backing pad 



25x P 80, 25x P 120 

Carry case 

Case insert 


! 

Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE 

Palm sander with speed control in set 

• Description see OSE, ODE, ORE 





Orbit 2,0 mm 

Backing plate 80x130, 100x150, Ø125 




Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE 398.373 





Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE: 

3 velcro backing plates 

3 filter cassettes + 3 filter bags 


75x P 80, 75x P 120 


Case insert 

187



LL 1107 VEA X 1107 VE 

Flounder 710 watt flat-head sander 

• VE electronic control: with infinately adjustable speed control 

• Ideally suited to confined spaces from 15 mm gap width, e.g. 

window shutters, that are inaccessible with conventional grinders 

• Handy, lightweight design 

• Special accessory: metal carrying case (order no. 303.224) 






Sanding head level 13 mm 

Weight 2,7 kg 


LL 1107 VEA 289.434 


! 

188 


1 side handle 

Sand paper P 50, 115 Ø 



1 velcro velours with foam coating 

80 mm Ø 

710 watt random-orbit sander with dust extraction 

• VE electronic control: with infinately adjustable speed control 

• Rugged, highly efficient motor 

• Vacuum fitting: for connecting to vacuum cleaner, diameter 28 mm 

• Suitable for coarse and fine sanding of wood and grinding 

painted metal surfaces and car body work 

• Counterweight ensures low-vibration operation 

• Plastic grip guard allows extremely sensitive guiding 

• 150mm, 6-hole hook and loop grinding pad for low-dust extraction 




Orbit 8,8 mm 




Weight 2,7 kg 


X 1107 VE 218.669 



1 side handle 

Velcro sand paper, with 

6 perforations, P 40, 150 Ø 











1 grip cover 

1 velcro pad (hard) 150 Ø

Accessories X 1107 VE 


Velcro sanding paper 

With 6 perforations. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

150 Ø hard 1 228.176 

150 Ø soft 1 228.184 

With 6 perforations. Main application: wood. Other applications: 

steel, stainless steel, plastic, paint/varnish/fillers. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

150 Ø P 40 10 302.988 

150 Ø P 80 10 302.996 

150 Ø P 120 10 303.003 

150 Ø P 180 10 303.011 

150 Ø P 320 10 303.038 

Accessories LL 1107 VEA 


Velcro velours 


Accessories 



in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D115 Pu-P24 VE25 115 Ø P 24 25 381.195 

D115 Pu-P40 VE50 115 Ø P 40 50 381.209 

D115 Pu-P60 VE50 115 Ø P 60 50 381.217 

D115 Pu-P80 VE50 115 Ø P 80 50 381.225 

D115 Pu-P100 V50 115 Ø P 100 50 381.233 

D115 Pu-P120 VE50 115 Ø P 120 50 381.241 

D115 Pu-P150 VE50 115 Ø P 150 50 381.268 

D115 Pu-P180 VE50 115 Ø P 180 50 381.276 

With foam coating. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Small metal carrying case 

QP Order 

number 

80 Ø 1 296.155 

For all angle grinders with disc Ø up to 125 mm. 

QP Order 

number 

1 303.224 

189


Accessories 

Accessories SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 

Paint-Set 

Inox-Set 

Stone-Set 


190 

Set for processing painted surfaces for the SUPRAFLEX. 

Consisting of 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert 

accessories TKE 4xD130/1x135x295, 10 sheets of velcro 

sandpaper ZIRCOFLEX, grit sizes A 40, A 60, A 80, 10 sheets 

of velcro sandpaper SELECTFLEX P 120, P 180, 1 sheet of 

velcro sandpaper MESHFLEX A 100, A 280. 


number 

P-Box SE 14-2 125 1 set 393.436 

Set for processing metal surfaces for the SUPRAFLEX. 

Consisting of: 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert 

accessory TKE 4xD130/ 1x135x295, 3 sheets of velcro sandpaper 

CORKFLEX, grit sizes P 280, P 400, P 800, 10 sheets of 

velcro sandpaper CERAFLEX K 80, K 120, K 180, 1 SC fleece disc 

in coarse, medium, very fine, 1 hard felt pad, 1 soft felt pad, 

1 clamping flange CF SE 14-2, 1 clamping nut. 


number 

I-Box SE 14-2 125 1 set 393.428 

Stone processing set for the SUPRAFLEX. 

Consisting of: 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert 

accessory TKE 4xD130/ 1x135x295, 1 diamond grinding pad, 

grit sizes 50, 100, 400, 800, 3000, 1 hard felt pad, 1 soft felt 

pad. 


number 

S-Box SE 14-2 125 1 set 393.444 






steps. 


in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

DP 50 DRY D125 125 Ø 50 1 382.817 

DP 100 DRY D125 125 Ø 100 1 382.825 

DP 200 DRY D125 125 Ø 200 1 382.833 

DP 400 DRY D125 125 Ø 400 1 382.841 

DP 800 DRY D125 125 Ø 800 1 382.868 

DP 1500 DRY D125 125 Ø 1500 1 382.876 

DP 3000 DRY D125 125 Ø 3000 1 382.884 

DP 10000 DRY D125 125 Ø 10000 1 382.965 


With 8-hole system for optimum dust extraction for all FLEX 

velcro sanding tools Ø 125 mm. The 3 mm cellular rubber 

damping reduces the shearing forces between support pad 

and sanding tool. Thanks to long velcro hooks, there is greater 

temperature resistance at a high load. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

SP D125-8 H/F 125 Ø 1 391.727 

Dust guard with pivoting edge segment 

Brush ring 

Adapter 


Enables you to work near edges at maximum extraction power. 

Tool-free height adjustment via clamping lever allows quick 

adjustment of the extraction hood to the tool height. 


in mm 


QP Order 

number 

SG D125 SE 125 Ø 1 393.363 

Brush ring for dust extraction hood - contains two segment parts. 


number 

BK-H SE 14-2 125 1 394.076 




number 

SAD-C D32 AS 1 393.398 





number 

SH-C 32x4m AS 1 354.953 


perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, 

accessories and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply 

attach the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the 

innovative Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected, 

stacked and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have 

been prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded 



( W x L x H) 

QP Order 

number 

TK-L BoB-1 464 x 335 x 142 1 392.634 

TK-L BoB-2 464 x 335 x 212 1 392.642

Case insert 

Side handgrip 

Clamping flange 

Clamping nut M 14 

Face pin spanner 

Suitable accessories insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-1 

392.634. 


number 

TKE 4x D130/1x 135x295 1 392.243 

Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2 392.642. 

For the SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125. 


number 

TKE SE 14-2 125 1 392.235 

Side handle, thread M 8. 


number 

SE 14-2 125 M8 1 391.581 

For use with flap sanding discs Ø 125 mm. 


number 

CF SE 14-2 1 393.371 

For use with flap sanding discs Ø 125 mm. 

QP Order 

number 

1 100.080 

Offset special key, for loosening velcro sanding pad and 

clamping nut. 

Hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 long 



QP Order 

number 

1 392.537 

QP Order 

number 

1 392.731 

For re-adjusting the clamping screw on the extraction hood. 

QP Order 

number 

1 102.229 

Velcro sandingpaper ZIRCOFLEX 

Velcro sandingpaper CERAFLEX 

Ideally suited for high removal rates and high load on wood 

and metal substrates. The support fabric is extremely tearresistant 

and is characterised by high cost-effectiveness. Can 

be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm. 


in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25 125 Ø A 40 25 393.185 

D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25 125 Ø A 60 25 393.193 

D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25 125 Ø A 80 25 393.207 

Ideal for sanding stainless steel surfaces and grinding weld 

seams. The support fabric is extremely tear-resistant. Low heat 

generation and longer service life ensure high cost-effectiveness. 

Can be used with Velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm. 


in mm 

Velcro sandingpaper CORKFLEX 

Natural fibre felt pad 

SC-Fleece velcro backed disc 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D125 CE-K80 VE50 125 Ø K 80 50 393.215 

D125 CE-K120 VE50 125 Ø K 120 50 393.223 

D125 CE-K180 VE50 125 Ø K 180 50 393.231 

Ideal for deep cleaning the surface, the cork accessory 

provides a greater gloss and better haptics. Fine sanding tool 

with coarse structure and stable fabric base. Reduces heat 

generation on the surface and 3 times longer service life than 

comparable sanding tools. Can be used with velcro pad max. 

Ø 125 mm. 


in mm 


Accessories 

Accessories SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125, ORE 125-2 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D125 CO-P280 VE15 125 Ø P 280 15 393.258 

D125 CO-P400 VE15 125 Ø P 400 15 393.266 

D125 CO-P800 VE15 125 Ø P 800 15 393.274 

Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, non-ferrous metals, 

wood surfaces, mineral-based materials, paints, glass, acrylic 

glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/agents and oils 

for sealing and care). 

Designation Type Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

FP D125 H VE5 hard 125 Ø 5 393.347 

FP D125 S VE5 soft 125 Ø 5 393.355 

For removing minor damage, scratches, tarnish, flash rust, 

scale and dirt. Removing tarnish at welds without heat 

distortion at thin plates. For grinding, cleaning and finishing 

stainless steel, steel, titanium alloys, light metals, non-ferrous 

metals and plastics. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

125 Ø coarse 10 358.614 

125 Ø medium 10 358.622 

125 Ø very fine 10 358.630 

191


Accessories 

Velcro sanding paper SELECTFLEX 


192 

Ideally suited to redevelopment, renovation and modernisation, 

especially for working paints, varnishes, stopping, filler. 


in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D125 Se-P40/50 125 Ø P 40 50 380.520 

D125 Se-P60/50 125 Ø P 60 50 380.539 

D125 Se-P80/50 125 Ø P 80 50 380.547 

D125 Se-P100/50 125 Ø P 100 50 380.555 

D125 Se-P120/50 125 Ø P 120 50 380.563 

D125 Se-P150/50 125 Ø P 150 50 380.571 

D125 Se-P180/50 125 Ø P 180 50 380.598 

D125 Se-P220/50 125 Ø P 220 50 380.601 

D125 Se-P320/50 125 Ø P 320 50 380.628 

D125 Se-P400/50 125 Ø P 400 50 380.636 



in mm 

Velcro sanding fleece MESHFLEX 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D125 Pu-P40/50 125 Ø P 40 50 380.644 

D125 Pu-P60/50 125 Ø P 60 50 380.652 

D125 Pu-P80/50 125 Ø P 80 50 380.660 

D125 Pu-P100/50 125 Ø P 100 50 380.679 

D125 Pu-P120/50 125 Ø P 120 50 380.687 

D125 Pu-P150/50 125Ø P 150 50 380.695 

D125 Pu-P180/50 125 Ø P 180 50 380.709 

Ideally suited to roughing, cleaning, degreasing, matt finishing 

on all materials. 


in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

D125 Me-100/5 125 Ø A 100 5 380.717 

D125 Me-280/5 125 Ø A 280 5 380.725 

D125 Me-1500/5 125 Ø S 1500 5 380.733 

Accessories ORE 125-2 


Backing pad made of tough special material with extraction 

perforation (8x). Pitch circle Ø 90 mm. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

SP D125-8 125 Ø 1 379.379 

Accessories OS 80-2/OSE 80-2 


Standard backing plate made of tough special material with 

extraction perforation (8x). Distance between centres of series 

of holes 54 mm. Extraction perforation FLEX and Festool. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

SP 80x130-8F 80 x 130 1 379.344 

Backing plate made of tough special material with extraction 

perforation (8x). Distance between centres of series of holes 

42 mm. Extraction perforation Rupes and 3M. 


in mm 



QP Order 

number 

SP 80x130-8R 80 x 130 1 379.352 




in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

80x133 Se-P40/50 80 x 133 P 40 50 380.741 

80x133 Se-P60/50 80 x 133 P 60 50 380.768 

80x133 Se-P80/50 80 x 133 P 80 50 380.776 

80x133 Se-P100/50 80 x 133 P 100 50 380.784 

80x133 Se-P120/50 80 x 133 P 120 50 380.792 

80x133 Se-P150/50 80 x 133 P 150 50 380.806 

80x133 Se-P180/50 80 x 133 P 180 50 380.814 

80x133 Se-P220/50 80 x 133 P 220 50 380.822 

80x133 Se-P320/50 80 x 133 P 320 50 380.830 

80x133 Se-P400/50 80 x 133 P 400 50 380.849 



in mm 


Grit QP Order 

number 

80x133 Pu-P40/50 80 x 133 P 40 50 380.857 

80x133 Pu-P60/50 80 x 133 P 60 50 380.865 

80x133 Pu-P80/50 80 x 133 P 80 50 380.873 

80x133 Pu-P100/50 80 x 133 P 100 50 380.881 

80x133 Pu-P120/50 80 x 133 P 120 50 380.903 

80x133 Pu-P150/50 80 x 133 P 150 50 380.911 

80x133 Pu-P180/50 80 x 133 P 180 50 380.938 




in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

80x133 Me-100/5 80 x 133 A 100 5 380.946 

80x133 Me-280/5 80 x 133 A 280 5 380.954 

80x133 Me-1500/5 80 x 133 S 1500 5 380.962

Accessories OD 100-2/ODE 100-2 

Velcro backing pad Delta 

Delta backing plate made of tough special material with 

extraction perforation. 


in mm 



QP Order 

number 

SP 100x150-7 100 x 150 1 379.360 




in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100x150 Se-P40/50 100 x 150 P 40 50 380.970 

100x150 Se-P60/50 100 x 150 P 60 50 380.989 

100x150 Se-P80/50 100 x 150 P 80 50 380.997 

100x150 Se-P100/50 100 x 150 P 100 50 381.004 

100x150 Se-P120/50 100 x 150 P 120 50 381.012 

100x150 Se-P150/50 100 x 150 P 150 50 381.020 

100x150 Se-P180/50 100 x 150 P 180 50 381.039 

100x150 Se-P220/50 100 x 150 P 220 50 381.047 

100x150 Se-P320/50 100 x 150 P 320 50 381.055 

100x150 Se-P400/50 100 x 150 P 400 50 381.063 



in mm 


Grit QP Order 

number 

100x150 Pu-P40/50 100 x 150 P 40 50 381.071 

100x150 Pu-P60/50 100 x 150 P 60 50 381.098 

100x150 Pu-P80/50 100 x 150 P 80 50 381.101 

100x150 Pu-P100/50 100 x 150 P 100 50 381.128 

100x150 Pu-P120/50 100 x 150 P 120 50 381.136 

100x150 Pu-P150/50 100 x 150 P 150 50 381.144 

100x150 Pu-P180/50 100 x 150 P 180 50 381.152 




in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100x150 Me-100/5 100 x 150 A 100 5 381.160 

100x150 Me-280/5 100 x 150 A 280 5 381.179 

100x150 Me-1500/5 100 x 150 S 1500 5 381.187 

Additional accessories 

Paper filter bags 

Filter bags made of tear-resistant paper for OSE/ODE/ORE. 


number 

FT-OSE/ODE/ORE 5 379.336 


Adapter 

Carry case 

Case insert 


Accessories 

Antistatic suction hose Ø 27 mm x 4 m with connections for 

vacuum cleaner and power tool with rotary coupling. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

SH 27x4m AS 27 Ø x 4m 1 379.395 

Antistatic sleeve Ø 27 mm, suitable for suction hose 379.395. 


number 

SAD 27 AS 1 382.736 

Without insert. For the machines L 3709, LE 9-10 125, 

L 10-10 125 select insert no. 378.305. For the machines 

OS / OSE 80-2, OD/ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2 select insert no. 

379.387. 


( W x L x H) 


Case insert 

QP Order 

number 

TK-L 360x228x135 360 x 228 x 135 1 376.094 

Suitable insert for carry case 376.094. For OS/OSE 80-2, 

OD/ ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2. 


number 

TKE OSE/ODE/ORE 1 379.387 


perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories 

and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply attach 

the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the innovative 

Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected, stacked 

and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have been 

prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded 



( W x L x H) 

QP Order 

number 

TK-L BoB-2 464 x 335 x 212 1 392.642 

Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2 392.642 for the 

Triple Set OSE, ODE, ORE and accessories. 


number 

TKE OSE+ODE+ORE Triple 1 398.381 

193


FLEX safety vacuum cleaner. 

For your good health! 

The filter system of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners intercept all dust and even 

health-harmful substances. This provides even more safety during dry and wet 

operation. And before the filter becomes clogged, it is automatically cleaned without 

interrupting the work process. The suction power remains constant, and there is no 

down time for filter cleaning! 

The 13 best advantages of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners. 

1. Integrated flat-fold filter* 

Is extremely flat and, different from 

cartridge filters, does not protrude into the 

container. Thus the container can be used 

100% and the filter remains absolutely dry 

even during wet vacuuming. 

2. Filter cleaning 

Automatic, time-controlled filter cleaning 

of the main filter. Enables constantly high 

suction power and significantly longer 

working times in comparison with manual 

cleaning.*/** 

3. Reinforced paper bags 

Extra rip-proof and safe even with 

sharp-edged and abrasive objects. 

4. Deposit tray and holders 

Keep hoses and accessories tidy. 

5. Bayonet connector* 

The suction hose connection rotates and 

is fastened by bayonet: no twisting, no 

accidental loosening of the suction hose 

during operation. 

6. Drive motor with bypass ventilator 

Vacuum air and motor cooling air blow 

separately in two channels. Dirty vacuum 

air is not fed through the motor. This protects 

the motor and increases the vacuum 

performance. 

7. Power take off 

To connect power tools. Starts and stops the 

safety vacuum as the machine is switched 

on and off. With 15-second automatic 

after-running.* 

8. Housing 

The impact-resistant, recyclable plastic 

housing is tough, light, easy to clean, and 

corrosion-free. 

9. Smooth-running carriage 

Two large wheels and two double-castoring 

rollers with locking brakes. 

10. Sound insulation hood* 

The suction turbine is encapsulated; 

operating noise is greatly reduced. 

11. Dust class L 

– Dust with OEL values > 1 mg/m 3 

12. Dust category M 

– Dust with OEL values > 0.1 mg/m 3 

– Mineral dusts 1) 

– Wood dust (also beech and oak) 

13. Dust class H 

– Dust with OEL values < 0.1 mg/m 3 

– carcinogenic dust 

– dust containing pathogens 

– tested and approved for asbestos use 

1) Mineral dusts arise when construction material 

is worked on (grinding, cutting, drilling...). That 

is why M dust class equipment is prescribed for 

working on concrete, stone, masonry, screed and 

plaster, for instance. The sand component contained 

specially as quartz sand in these materials 

is responsible for this classification. 

* except VC 25 L MC/** except VC 35 L MC 

OEL=Occupational Exposure Limit

• 

– 

Order no. 

Dust class 


Max. volume flow l/min 

Max. vacuum Pascal 

Container capacity in litres 

Liquid capacity in litres 

Weight kg 

Complete antistatic equipment 

Filter cleaning 

Suction control 

Automatic switch-on/off with 15 sec. run-on 

Connection for power tools 

4-m suction hose 32 mm Ø 

included 

not included 

Compact class Construction/workshop class 

VC 25 L MC VC 35 L MC VCE 35 L AC VCE 45 L AC VCE 45 M AC VCE 45 H AC 

385.468 369.799 369.780 369.802 369.810 379.093 

L L L L M H 

1400 1380 1380 1380 1380 1150 

3600 3660 3660 3660 3660 2300 

19000 23000 23000 23000 23000 22000 

25 34 34 43 43 43 

15 19 19 30 30 30 

5,7 9,50 12,50 13,50 13,50 13,50 

– – • • • • 

manually manually automatically 

– – • • • • 

• • • • • • 

• • • • • • 

3,5 m • 


automatically automatically automatically 

antistatic antistatic antistatic antistatic 

195


Compact class 

VC 25 L MC. The “Small one” from FLEX has powerful suction. 

The FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VC 25 L MC is a handy and compact vacuum cleaner, simple to use and easy to transport. It is ideal 

for cleaning offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles . For this work the VC 25 L MC features an extensive range of suction 

tubes and nozzles. The VC 25 L MC is authorized for dust class L and is therefore ideal for all dust with OEL values > 1 mg/ m³. 

For extraction work on smaller electric power tools, such as palm, delta and random orbit sanders, jigsaws, etc., the device is 

equipped with important features, such as device socket, automatic switch-on, manual filter cleaning, PET filter material, fleece 

filter bag and waste bag. The VC 25 L MC is also suitable for extracting liquids. The level monitor with installed float valve, stops 

the suction process when maximum level is reached. 

Extremely high suction power 

The high-performance turbine provides high 

suction power and high underpressure. For an 

excellent suction result. 


Safety vacuum cleaner and power tools (100- 

1800 watt) work automatically with electronic 

remote on/off switching. 

Manual filter cleaning 

By actuating manual filter cleaning, dust 

deposited in the filter element is removed by 

a targeted blast of air. 

Safe disposal 

Highly tear-proof fleece for trouble-free disposal 

of the extracted dust. 

Very mobile 

Two swivel casters see to ease of movement in 

the workshops and on the sites. 

PET filter 

Easy to clean filter element made of PET with a 

dirt-repellent surface for dust classes L and M. 

Clever solution 

To facilitate transportation, the handle of the 

VC 25 L MC is recessed. Suitable for suction tubes 

with a diameter of 36 mm. 

The “transporter” 

The “Small one” has everything at hand. Light 

and compact – this facilitates transportation. 

Order must prevail 

Cable and hose holder for compact storage to 

optimise transportation. 

Tidy 

Suction nozzles can be stored conveniently in the 

tool depot. 

Everything included 

The safety vacuum cleaner VC 25 L MC, as a 

universal device, features extensive accessories 

for all-round cleaning work. 

197

Flat-fold filter system with cleaning function. 

Flat folded 

filter 

Fine dust 

Coarse dust 

The innovative flat-fold filter system with the flat-fold filter at the top allows full use of the container volume. The flat-fold filter 

is automatically cleaned by a percussive pressure reversal every 15 seconds. There is no loss of suction at the end of the hose 

throughout the cleaning process. Downtimes for filter cleaning/changing are therefore a thing of the past. The fold-out filter 

cover provides easy access to the main filter element to the clean-air side, it is not necessary to remove the suction head from the 

dirt container. 

198



Whether 35 or 45 litres. Whether manual or automatic. 

The FLEX safety vacuum cleaners are always convincing. 

The high-performance turbines of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners ensure an excellent suction performance. All safety vacuum 

cleaners feature an automatic filter cleaning system (except VC 25 L MC and VC 35 L MC). Targeted blasts of air remove dust 

deposited in the flat pleated filter. This guarantees optimum suction power without interrupting work. Filter cleaning can be 

switched on and off. As dust is reliably removed from the filter pores, the flat pleated filter also has a long service life. Thanks 

to the design principle of the flat pleated filter, the container volume is optimally used. All devices have an anti-static feature 

(except VC 25 L MC and VC 35 L MC). 


Safety vacuum cleaner and power tools 

(100-2200 watt) work automatically with 

electronic remote on/off switching. 

Running smoothly 

Thanks to the large wheels, all FLEX safety 

vacuum cleaners have excellent running 

properties on uneven surfaces. 

Simple operation 

To dispose of the extracted material, a slight 

turn of the hand opens the container. 

Tidy 

The suction hose can be easily wound up on the 

holders envisaged for this very purpose. This 

eases handling/transport.* 

Controllable suction power 

Continuous control for suction power to suite the 

attached tool.* 

Mobile 

Two swivel casters see to ease of movement in 

the workshops and on the sites. 

Ergonomic 

The ergonomic handle makes it easy to move the 

vacuum cleaner around. 

Practical 

Practical storage of suction nozzles and vacuum 

tubes at the back. 

The correct volume 

Class M safety vacuum cleaner: suitable for all 

dusts with > 0.1 mg/m³ OEL values. Airflow sensonr 

technology. If the suction power (airflow) 

falls below the madatory minimum an acoustic 

tone is sounded. 

Just in case 

All class M, H safety vacuum cleaners are provided 

with a special cap lock. This stops any 

dust escaping when the cleaner is being moved 

around. 

Who takes the rubbish out? 

Convenient disposal of the extracted material 

either with a filter bag or disposal bag. Recommendation: 

working with filter bag turn off filter 

cleaning system. Working with disposal sack turn 

system on.* 

Storage option 

Easy and secure stacking of tools on the vacuum 

cleaner top. For stacking Vario-Giraffe® and wall 

chaser, the special storage system is available as 

an accessory.* 

*Specific to model 

199



Safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC. 

The professional against toxic dust. 

Fusty odour, unsatisfactory ambient temperature, black stains on walls: Everyone knows these typical stains in corners of 

rooms and on interior furnishings. This is an unmistakable sign of mildew infestation. Frequently the danger is “hiding” behind 

furniture. If the furniture is moved aside, you’ll get a big surprise. Here only the qualified technician can help. And for this case 

he needs a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner of class H. 

Mildew is actually a collective name for around 180,000 types of fungi which constantly surrounds us. It has since been scientifically 

proven that mildew causes a wide range of diseases, from allergies and asthma through chronic fatigue to rheumatism. 

Usually the human body can tolerate a natural exposure to mildew. However, this exposure increases dramatically in buildings 

which are infested with mildew. There is a considerable risk of illness. 

Comparison between the classifications of dust-removing machines. 

Suitable for dry, harmful, 

non-flammable dust 

Before 01.01.2005 

with TVA values 

> 1 mg/m 3 


> 0,1 mg/m 3 


with TVA values + 

carcinogenic substances 

(§ 35 GefStoffV) 

with TVA values + 

carcinogenic substances 

(§ 35 and § 15a GefStoffV) 

with TVA values > 0.1 mg/ 

m 3 + carcinogenic substances 

(§ 35 and § 15a 

GefStoffV) including 

asbestos 

Until 1998 

(transition period until 2003) 

according to ZH 1/487 

Use 

category 

At least U 

At least S 

At least G 

At least C 

K1, K2 

K1, K2 + 

suitability for 

use according 

to TRGS 519 

Max. 

transmittance 

At least L 

≤ 5 % 

with OEL value 

> 1 mg/m 

< 1 % 

3 

≤ 1 % 

≤ 0,5 % 

Suitable for dry, harmful, 

non-flammable dust 

Since 01.01.2005 

with OEL value 

≥ 0,1 mg/m 3 

Dust 

class 

At least M 

< 0,1 % 

≤ 0,1 % with OEL value 

< 0,1 mg/m 

< 0,005 % 

3 

≤ 0,05 % 

Hazardous carcinogenic 

substances according to 

GefStoffV § 11. TRGS 905 

or TRGS 906 (German 

regulations) 

< 0,005 % 

H + suitability 

for use 

Asbestos 

according to 

≤ 0,005 % 

according to TRGS 519 

TRGS 519* < 0,005 % 

Note: The OEL value (Occupational Exposure Limit) replaced the TVA/MAK value (Workplace Exposure Limit) in the past. 

TRGS 519 is obligatory for Germany.* 

200 

Applicable dust classes 

according to DIN EN 60335-2-69 

Appendix A4 

H 

Max. 

transmittance 

Main applications 

Aluminium oxide, street dust, 

corundum, fibre dust, lime 

Wood dust (beech, oak, hard 

woods), cement dust, ceramic 

and paint dust, chromium 

compounds, plastic dust, 

coarse copper 

Carcinogenic dust (lead, 

nickel, cobalt, tar, copper 

swarf, cadmium, etc.) 

Mildew, bacteria, spores, 

germs, formaldehyde and its 

compounds 

Asbestos dust from nightstorage 

heaters, insulation 

or fire protection walls/ 

materials 

Source: Staubklassen für Industriesauger, 

Entstauber, etc. July 2011, www.dguv.de

H for maximum safety. 

Safe disposal of dust 

Safe disposal of dust in the double-walled 

safety filter bag. 

Securely packed 

The accessories contaminated with toxic 

dust are packed and protected for transportation 

as specified. 

Perfectly coordinated 

Suction power adjusted to the connected 

tool and hose connection Ø by stepless 

control. 

Everything sealed 

When the device is transported, the intake 

opening is sealed with the non-detachable 

locking sleeve. 



Optimum extraction for greater safety 

The plaster is milled off. The resulting dirt 

and dust are optimally extracted with the 

FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC. 

The “problem solvers” 

The FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC 

is particularly successful at solving problems 

when used with the FLEX renovation devices. 

201



FLEX Suction systems 

Cleaning technology 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

8 

10 Extension tube V 36x500 AL VE2 .................................... 385.522 

11 Extension tube V 36x500 ME VE2 .................................... 385.514 

12 Crevice nozzle CN 36x300 ............................................. 385.530 

13 Upholstery nozzle PN 36x115 ........................................ 385.549 

14 Combination floor nozzle KN 36x260 .............................. 385.565 

15 Round brush RN 36x120 ............................................... 385.646 

16 Brush nozzle BN 36x220 .............................................. 385.557 

17 Floor nozzle CNW 36x300 ............................................. 300.659 

18 Brush strip BL-CNW 36x300 VE2 ..................................... 300.675 

6 

1 

9 9 

Antistatic suction hose SH 32x4m AS .............................. 354.953 

Suction hose SH 32x4m ............................................... 338.508 

Suction hose with module SH-M 32x4m ........................... not available as accessory 

Antistatic suction hose SH 27x4m AS .............................. 379.395 

Suction hose with elbow SH 32x3,5m ............................. 385.484 

Adapter SAD-C 32 AS ................................................... 369.861 

Adapter SAD D27-32 ................................................... 385.506 

Elbow K-C 32 KU AS ..................................................... 398.446 

Elbow K 32 ME ............................................................ 369.853 

202 

10 11 

12 13 14 15 16 17 20 

19 

18 

2 

3 

4 

21 

22

24 

9 

7 

19 Rubber strip GL-CNW 36x300 VE2 ................................... 300.683 

20 Clip floor nozzle with rollers CNW 36x400 ........................ 385.573 

21 Brush strip BL-CNW 36x400 VE2 ..................................... 385.581 

22 Rubber strip GL-CNW 36x400 VE2 ................................... 385.603 

23 Height-adjustable floor nozzle FN-K 36x450 .................... 385.611 

24 Rubber strip GL-FN-K 36x450 ........................................ 385.638 

25 Floor nozzle with rollers FN-AL 36x370 ........................... 369.896 

26 Brush strip BL-FN-AL 36x370 ........................................ 374.075 

27 Rubber strip GL-FN-AL 36x370 ...................................... 374.083 

28 Suction hose extension SHV-C 32x0,5m .......................... 296.953 

29 Extraction connection SAD-C WS/WSE** ......................... 364.460 

30 Adapter SAD-C 25-32 AS .............................................. 320.188 

31 Adapter SAD-CD 32 AS ................................................. 393.398 

32 Adapter SAD 25-32 AS* ............................................... 259.827 

33 Special adapter SAD 32 WS/WSK* .................................. 340.790 

34 Adapter rotating SAD 32-32* ........................................ 328.308 

35 Adapter SAD 32-28* .................................................... 251.847 

* with internal thread 32 mm 

** not directly connected to Pos. 3 

23 25 

26 

27 

5 

29 

6 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

7 

28 



With FLEX Clip-System 

Without FLEX Clip-System 

1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

203

Safety vacuum cleaner construction/workshop class 


VC 25 L MC VC 35 L MC 

Safety vacuum cleaner with manual filter cleaning 

system, 25 L, class L 

• Handy and compact vacuum cleaner, easy to use and easy to 

transport 

• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction 

capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent 

extraction result 

• By actuating manual filter cleaning, dust deposited in the filter 

element is removed by a targeted blast of air. 

• Level monitor, no malfunctions when drawing in liquids thanks to 

installed float valve 

• With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off 

• With accessories magazine for suction nozzles and suction tubes 

on the back 

• Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers 

• Suitable for increased stress when used commercially. Ideal for 

cleaning work in offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles. 

Smaller electric power tools, e.g. palm sander, delta sander, 

random-orbit sander, jigsaws, are primarily used for extraction 

work. Tools which produce fairly low amounts of dust 

• Features a filter bag made of highly tear-proof fleece for optimum 

filling. The extracted dust can be disposed of without difficulty 

• Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all 

dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³ 


Power input P. max. 1400 watt 

Max. volume flow 3600 l/min 

Max. vacuum 19000 Pa 

Filter surface 3000 cm² 

Container volume 25 l 

Capacity liquid 15 l 

Power take off 100-1800 watt 


Weight 5,7 kg 


VC 25 L MC 385.468 


! 

204 


Suction hose 32 mm Ø x 3.5 m 

with elbow 

1 adapter Ø 27-32 mm 

1 filter element class L/M 

1 fleece filter bag class L 

1 PP waste disposal bag 

2x 0.5 m aluminium suction tube 

1 crevice nozzle 

1 combination floor nozzle, 

switchable 

1 upholstery nozzle 

1 round brush 

1 suction pipe holder 

1 accessories holder 

1 cable/hose holder 

Safety vacuum cleaner with manual filter cleaning 





• Patented filter vibration: vibration at the press of a button on the 

vacuum hose 

• The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can 

be optimally used for dust and dirt 

• Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control 


• Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on 

feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the 

vacuum hose 

• Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories 

depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back 


• Suitable for increased stress when used commercially. Ideal for 

cleaning work in offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles. 

Smaller electric power tools, e.g. palm sander, delta sander, 

random-orbit sander, jigsaws, are primarily used for extraction 

work. Tools which produce fairly low amounts of dust 












Weight 9,5 kg 


VC 35 L MC 369.799 



4 m suction hose 32 mm Ø with 

32/28 mm Ø adapter, 25-32 mm Ø 

universal adapter and suction hose 

extension 

1 filter bag 

1 flat-fold filter class L/M 

1 elbow 

2x 0,5 m metal vacuum tube 

1 clip floor nozzle complete with replacement 

insert (brush, rubber-lip) 

1 crevice nozzle

VCE 35 L AC VCE 45 L AC 

Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning 





• Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction 







vacuum hose 

• Controllable suction power 

• The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at 

the suction hose 




• Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the 

automatic cleaning system. When using a disposable bag leave 

the system on 














VCE 35 L AC 369.780 

VCE 35 L AC, 

kit cleaning set 

375.349 


VCE 35 L AC: 

4 m antistatic suction hose, 

32 mm Ø with positive-lock 

connector and vac connection, 

incl. universal adapter antistatic 


1 filter bag 


additional included VCE 35 L AC, 

kit cleaning set: 

1 cleaning set 


! 















vacuum hose 


• The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at 

the suction hose 




• Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the 

automatic cleaning system. When using a disposable bag leave 

the system on 














VCE 45 L AC 369.802 

VCE 45 L AC, 



375.357 


VCE 45 L AC: 

4 m antistatic suction hose, 

32 mm Ø with positive-lock 

connector and vac connection, 

incl. universal adapter antistatic 


1 filter bag 


additional included VCE 45 L AC, 



205



VCE 45 M AC VCE 45 H AC 


system, 45 L, class M 

• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high 

vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result 


• The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used 

for dust and dirt 



• Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun) 

empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose 


• The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose 

• Flow sensor technology monitors the volumetric flow and any dropping of the suction 

capacity under the prescribed minimum figure is reported by an acoustic signal 


• Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction 

nozzles and tubes at the back 

• Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the automatic cleaning 

system. When using a disposable bag leave the system on 

• Class M safety vacuum cleaner, suitable for all dusts with OEL values ≥ 0.1 mg/m³. 

Specifically for mineral and timber dusts (also beech and oak) 












VCE 45 M AC 369.810 

VCE 45 M AC, 


206 

375. 365 


VCE 45 M AC: 

4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm 

Ø with positive-lock connector and 

vac connection, incl. universal 

adapter antistatic 


1 filter bag 


additional included VCE 45 M AC, 




system, 45 L, class H 

• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high 

vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result 


• The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used 

for dust and dirt 




• Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. 

overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose 

• The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose 

• Flow sensor technology monitors the volumetric flow and any dropping of the suction 

capacity under the prescribed minimum figure is reported by an acoustic signal 


• Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction 

nozzles and tubes at the back 

• Safety filter bag for the safe disposal of the dust collected. Double-walled filter bag 

with additional PE cover, sealable 

• Safety vacuum cleaner class H: suitable for all dusts with OEL values < 0.1 mg/m³ 

with additional audit "asbestos" by TRGS 519 

• Suitable for dry, non-flammable dusts that are harmful to the health and carcinogenic 

substances incl. asbestos 

• Ideal to remove mould, restore roofs and walls insulated with mineral wool and 

remove asbestos. Sanding dust from wooden surfaces that have been impregnated 

with hazardous wood preservatives and from painted surfaces with paint that 

contains substances such as lead, nickel, cadmium, chromium, zinc chromate, etc. 


Rated power P 1000 watt 











VCE 45 H AC 379.093 

VCE 45 H AC, 


383. 880 


VCE 45 H AC: 

4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm 

Ø with positive-lock connector and 

vac connection, incl. universal 

adapter antistatic 

1 safety filter bag 

1 flat folded filter class H/HEPA 14 

1 transport bag TS VCE 45 H 

additional included VCE 45 H AC, 


1 cleaning set

Filter bags, waste bags 

Fleece filter bag 

Fleece filter bags 

Paper-Filter bags 

Safety filter bag 

Disposal bag 

Highly tear-proof fleece for optimum filling of the filter bags 

and trouble-free disposal of the extracted dust. Dust class L, 

for VC 25 L MC. 


number 

FS-F VC 25 L VE5 5 385.093 

Filter bag with FLEX VacuFleece technology for the S 36, S 36 M, 

VCE 35 L AC, VC 35 L MC. Double volume capacity and significantly 

better suction capacity compared to paper filter bags. 

Highly tear resistant due to 4-layered VacuFleece material: 

offers protection against damage from sharp objects. Resistant 

to unintentional wet vacuuming or damp material. 


number 

FS-F VC/E 35 VE5 5 329.630 

FS-F VCE 45 VE5 5 402.982 

Filter bag for S 47, S 47 M, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC. 


number 

FS-P VCE 45 VE5 5 340.758 

Filter bag for S 36, S 36 M, VC 35 L MC, VCE 35 L AC. 


number 

FS-P VC/E 35 VE5 5 296.961 

Double-walled filter bag with additional protective PE cover 

and seal for low-dust disposal for VCE 45 H AC. 


number 

SFS VCE 45 H VE5 5 379.115 

Sealable waste bag made of PP, ideal for coarse dirt. 


number 

ES-PP VC 25 VE5 5 385.107 

For S 47, S 47 M, VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC. 


number 

ES-PP VC/E 35/45 VE10 10 340.766 

Transport bag 

Filter elements 

Filter element 

PES flat-fold filter 

Flat folded filter 

Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners 

Accessories 

For the transport of accessories such as hoses, nozzles... 

Accessories contaminated with dust harmful to the health are 

correctly packed and protected for transport in accordance with 

the regulations. 


number 

TS VCE 45 H 1 379.123 

Folded filter made of hard-wearing and washable PET. 

Dirt-resistant surface and long service life. Approval dust 

class L and M. 


number 

FE VC 25/PET LM 1 385.085 

Filter for the L/M class. High-grade PES filter fleece for a long 

service life. The dirt-repellent surface improves filter material 

removal and the filter pores are dependably cleared of dust. 

Easy-to-clean, lengthy life. 


number 

FE VC/E 35/45 PES L/M 1 369.829 

Sturdy and ultra-strong flat-fold filter with special nano- 

coating. Extremely long-life filter, superb suction results, 

ensuring a high level of economy. 


number 

FE VC/E 35/45 P L/M 1 337.692 

Filter for the class H/HEPA 14 made of special material with a 

permeability of < 0.005%. 


number 

FE VCE 45 H HEPA 14 1 379.107 

207


Accessories 

Suction hoses 



Suction hose 

Suction hose extension 

208 





number 

SH-C 32x4m AS 1 354.953 

Antistatic suction hose Ø 27 mm x 4 m with connections for 

vacuum cleaner and power tool with rotary coupling. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

SH 27x4m AS 27 Ø x 4m 1 379.395 

Suction hose Ø 32 mm x 3.5 m with elbow. 


number 

SH 32x3,5m 1 385.484 

Suction hose, 32 mm internal Ø, 4.0 m long, incl. coupling 

bush for vacuum cleaner and special adapter with metal ring. 

For Giraffe ® and Okapi. 


number 

SH 32x4m WS 702 1 341.355 

32 mm inner Ø, 4 m with bayonet device connection and snap 

connection. 

QP Order 

number 

1 299.782 

32 mm internal Ø, with snap coupling, 4.0 m long, temperature 

resistant to 70 °C, incl. coupling bush for vacuum cleaner, 

32/28 mm adapter and universal adapter for S 47, S 47 M, 

VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC. 


number 

SH 32x4m 1 338.508 

Suction hose extension with click connection to connect with 

inside thread adapter i.e. SAD D32, SAD D25-32 AS etc. 


number 

SHV-C 32x0,5m 1 296.953 

Suction hose snap coupling repair kit 

Coupling bush for suction hose with snap coupling, 3-part. Also 

suited for antistatic suction hose (electrically conductive). 

QP Order 

number 

1 296.988 

Clip adapter 

Adapter 

Clip adapter 

Adapter 

Extraction connection 

Filter-free switching module 

Adapter for connecting suction hose (297.011, 354.953, 

338.508) with snap coupling and metal elbow. 


number 

SAD-C D32 1 369.861 

For connecting a FLEX power tool to extraction units from other 

manufacturers. Suitable for hoses inside Ø 27 mm, outside 

Ø 36 mm. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

Adapter Clip D36/27 42/37 1 380.377 

Universal adapter antistatic, for universal connection of 

machines with 25-32 mm Ø extraction connection with 32 mm 

suction hose (297.011, 354.953, 338.508), for adapter with 

snap connection, can be trimmed to 3 different diameters. 


number 

SAD-C D25-32 AS 1 320.188 




number 

SAD-C D32 AS 1 393.398 

Suitable for vacuum hose with FLEX clip-system. Antistatic 

equipment. For WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA. 


number 

SAD-C WS/WSE 1 364.460 

Filter-free switching module for activation of manual filter 

cleaning for the VC 35 L MC. 


number 

Filter switching module C-32 1 298.255

Adapter, screwable 

Rotating vacuum adapter 

Coupling bush 

Adapter 

Adapter rotating 

Adapter 


The connector rotates and connects the 32 mm diameter 

suction hose with its intake fitting. Also suitable for the 

antistatic suction hose (electrically conductive). 


number 

SAD-32 VC/VCE AS 1 340.804 

For connecting two FLEX vacuum hoses, without connection, 

inside thread 32 mm. 

QP Order 

number 

1 296.996 

Adapter 32/28 mm, for connecting machines with 28 mm Ø 

vacuum attachment to 32 mm vacuum hose 


number 

SAD D32-28 1 251.847 

Adapter 32/32 mm, for connecting a machine with 32 mm Ø 

vacuum cleaner outlet (e.g. renovation sander or angle grinder 

with cutting guard) with 32 mm vacuum hose. 


number 

SAD D32-32 R 1 328.308 

For connection of 32 mm Ø suction hoses and suction hose 

extension SHV-C 32x0.5 m (296.953) to the device. 


number 

SAD D32-36 1 257.169 

Universal adapter with 32 mm thread inside for universal 

connection of machines with 25-32 mm Ø extraction connection 

with 32 mm suction hose (without clip attachment), 

adapter can be trimmed to 3 different diameters. 

QP Order 

number 

1 259.827 




number 

SAD D32 WS/WSK 1 340.790 

Other accessories 

Adapter 


Cable clip 


Accessories 

Connecting sleeve for electric power tools. Diameter 27 to 

32 mm, for vacuum hose 385.484. 


number 

SAD D27-32 1 385.506 

Antistatic sleeve Ø 27 mm, suitable for suction hose 379.395. 


number 

SAD 27 AS 1 382.736 

The drill dust extractor is connected to the suction hose of the 

FLEX vacuum cleaners or to different adapters so that the dust 

is extracted directly through the drill hole. There is no dust 

residue. For drilling applications up to Ø 24 mm. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

SAD BS D32 290 x 65 1 394.025 

For fixing power tool cable to vacuum hose, suitable for 

27-36 mm external Ø. 

QP Order 

number 

1 252.188 

209


Accessories 

Cleaning set, elbow 

Cleaning set 

Elbow 

Extension tube 

210 

Consisting of elbow AS with clip attachment for connecting 

suction hose and vacuum tube (398.446), 2 x metal vacuum 

tube 0.5 m, chrome-plated (385.514), crevice nozzle (385.530) 

and clip floor nozzle with replacement insert for floor cleaning 

with brush insert for dry cleaning and rubber-lip insert for wet 

cleaning (300.659). 

QP Order 

number 

1 set 369.845 

Chrome-plates metal elbow for connecting the vacuum tubes. 

Only to be used with adapter plus clip attachment. 


number 

K 32 ME 1 369.853 

For connection of suction hose with snap connection and 

suction tube. 


number 

K-C 32 KU AS 1 398.446 

Extension tubes made of aluminium, diameter 32 mm, length 

500 mm. 


number 

V 36x500 AL VE2 2 385.522 

Extension tubes made of steel, chrome-plated, diameter 

32 mm, length 500 mm. 


number 

V 36x500 ME VE2 2 385.514 

Nozzles 

Brush nozzle 

Round brush 

Upholstery nozzle 

Crevice nozzle 

Combination floor nozzle 

Floor nozzle 

Oval brush nozzle with brush edge for cleaning sensitive 

surfaces, with pivoted connection. Diameter 36 mm, length 

220 mm. 


number 

BN 36x220 1 385.557 

Round brush nozzle with brush edge for cleaning sensitive 

surfaces. Diameter 36 mm, length 120 mm. 


number 

RN 36x120 1 385.646 

Upholstery nozzle with thread catcher, diameter 36 mm, width 

115 mm. 


number 

PN 36x115 1 385.549 

Crevice nozzle diameter 36 mm, length 300 mm. 


number 

CN 36x300 1 385.530 

Switchable combination floor nozzle for cleaning carpeted 

floors and hard floors. Diameter 36 mm, width 260 mm. 


number 

KN 36x260 1 385.565 

Floor nozzle, complete with carpet and combination insert. 


number 

CNW 36x300 1 300.659

Rubber strip 

Brush strip 

Floor nozzle with rollers 

Brush strip 

Rubber strip 

Clip floor nozzle with rollers 

Combination insert for use with the floor nozzle 300.659. 


number 

GL-CNW 36x300 VE2 2 300.683 

Carpet insert for use with the floor nozzle 300.659. 


number 

BL-CNW 36x300 VE2 2 300.675 

Aluminium floor nozzle with height-adjustable castors and 

replacement insert. Inserts: brush insert for dry cleaning and 

rubber lips for wet cleaning. 370 mm width. 


number 

FN-AL 36x370 1 369.896 

Brush insert for aluminium floor nozzle 


number 

BL-FN-AL 36x370 VE2 2 374.075 

Rubber lip insert for aluminium floor nozzle 


number 

GL-FN-AL 36x370 VE2 2 374.083 

Clip floor nozzle with rollers and interchangeable insert. Brush 

insert for dry cleaning and rubber lip insert for wet cleaning. 

Diameter 36 mm, width 400 mm. 


number 

CNW 36x400 1 385.573 

Brush strip 

Rubber strip 

Height-adjustable floor nozzle 

Rubber strip 

Accessories 

Storage system 


Accessories 

Brush strips (replacement requirement) for the clip floor 

nozzle CNW 36x400. 


number 

BL-CNW 36x400 VE2 2 385.581 

Rubber lips (replacement requirement) for clip floor nozzle 

CNW 36x400. 


number 

GL-CNW 36x400 VE2 2 385.603 

Height-adjustable floor nozzle with rollers and rubber lips. 

Can be used for wet and dry cleaning. Diameter 36 mm, width 

400 mm. 


number 

FN-K 36x450 1 385.611 

Rubber lips (replacement requirement) for floor nozzle 

FN-K 36x450. 


number 

GL-FN-K 36x450 VE2 2 385.638 

Fits on to the industrial vacuum cleaner S 47, S 47 M, 

VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC, VCE 45 H AC for resting 

the WST 700 VV Giraffe®, WST 1000 FV or MS 1706 FR wall chaser 

and vacuum hose. 


number 

OS-VSE 35/45 1 350.370 

211

Mixers 

Mixing is not always mixing. 

It has to be compact. It has to be robust. It has to be protected from dirt and 

damage. Feature a lot of torque. Be comfortable to hold. 

Many years of experience and intensive cooperation with the professionals in 

the field have flown into the FLEX mixing machine and mixing head program. 

The motor, the cooling, and the gears have been designed for tough, continuous 

operation lasting for hours. And the mixing heads made of high-quality metal 

feature stable weld joints, burr-free edges, and circumferential protection rings. 

Robust quality for professional practitioners. 

What is to be taken notice of? 

Thorough blending of the various materials commonly mixed today prevents 

construction damage and costly consequential charges. That is why several basic 

rules must be observed. 

1. Viscous and heavy materials overstrains drills. Use specially constructed mixing 

machines, with optimised speeds and power transmission. 

2. When selecting the mixer observe the direction of flow: Pulverized material 

from bottom to top, thin liquid materials from top to bottom or mix with parallel 

direction of flow. At immersion a reduced speed prevents spraying. FLEX mixing 

machines with accelerator trigger switches permit the gradual acceleration to 

the required speed. Air pockets are minimised by the complete immersion of the 

mixing head. 

3. For your safety you should wear protective goggles and possibly a dust mask. 

Never mix solvents with a flashpoint below 21°C. Observe the processing and 

safety instructions of the material or machine manufacturers.

Wall paints 

Emulsion paints 

Varnishes/glazes 

Paste 

Cement slurry 

Jointing mortar 

Glue 

Adhesive mortar 

Tile adhesive 

Sealants 

Adhesives 

Filler 

Grout 

Filler compound 

Thin-bed mortar 

Finished plaster 

Bitumen coating 

Bitumen 

Fibrous material 

Mortar 

Repair mortar 

2-K artificial mortar 

Concrete 

Screed 

Cement plaster 

Lime plaster 

Plasterboard bonding compound 

Thermal insulating plaster 

Epoxy resin 

•• 

• 

particularly suitable 

suitable 

Spiral paddle 

RR2 

Helix paddle 

WR2 

VORTINOX 

VR 

•• •• •• •• 

• •• •• •• 

•• •• •• •• 

• • •• 

• • • •• 

• • •• 

• • •• 

•• • 

•• • 

• •• 

• •• • 

•• • • 

• •• • 

•• •• 

•• • 

•• • • • 

• • • • 

• 

• • 

• •• • 

• •• • 

•• 

• •• 

• •• 

• •• •• 

• •• •• 

• •• •• 

• •• •• 

•• •• 

Thin-liquid to pasty, 

Low viscosity 

Helix paddle 

WR3R 

Helix paddle 

WR3L 

Plaster paddle 

PR3L 

Pasty to tough, 

Medium viscosity 

Disc paddle 

SR2 

Beater 

RB 

Tough to heavy, 

High viscosity 

Mixers 

213

Mixers 

VORTINOX 

The new mixing system. 

Simple but effective. 

The VORTINOX mixing system is identified by three circular 

mixing elements. These mixing elements utilize the laws 

of fluids. When the rings glide through the mixture, the 

pressure in the centre (direction of arrow 1) is increased. 

The exit speed (direction of arrow 2) increases and a 

so-called laminar flow 

occurs. Above and below 

the rings a radial low 

pressure forms which 

generates a deaerating 

effect in the medium. This 

counteracts any trapped 

air (air bubbles). 

Advantages at a glance 

•the mixing process is completed in less time 

•dynamic flow replaces mechanical force 

•the mixer homogenises the mixture in the container by 

an intrinsically dynamic flow 

•no air intake, no foam formation 

•no degassing of the mixture 

•no heating of the mixture 

•slow circumferential speeds with high intrinsic dynamics 

•gentle mixing 

•no lump formation when mixing in powdered 

substances, e.g. paste 

mm mm mm l/kg 

VR 80x320 D10 80 320 10 0,5-5 l 

VR 140x520 D10 140 520 10 3-15 l 

214 

100% stainless steel. 

No rusting, no contamination 

of paints, varnishes or 

plaster. Prevents contaminants 

(rust particles) from 

being stirred into light/ 

white colours. 

Extremely high resistance 

to wear, resulting in 

greater stability and extremely 

long service life. 

No contamination by 

plastic particles. The frequently 

used paint mixers 

with plastic blades leave 

scraped off plastic splinters 

in the mixture. This 

is especially disadvantageous 

for light colours. 

Smooth surfaces. 

Especially easy and simple 

to clean. No tight bending 

radii or angular misalignments, 

no “dirt pockets”. 

Round spindle D 10. 

Held simply in the chuck of 

a drill or a cordless screwdriver. 

High true running 

accuracy.

MXE 900 

900 watt single gear mixer 

• Large, rugged single-speed gear unit with optimum gear ratio for 

high torque 

• The soft start accelerator switch smoothly adjusts the speed to 

the mixing situation and material 

• Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free 

arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, 

ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating 

• Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal 

plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer 

protection against shocks and impacts at the building site 

• Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air 

flow and prevents the ingress of rain water 

• The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the 

ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches 

• Perfect for mixing low-quantity mixtures up to 25 kg. Thus mixer 

is ideal for tilers and painters 

! 

Order your mixer together with the mixing 

paddle which is the right one for you! 







Max. mixing paddle Ø 120 mm 

Weight 4,7 kg 


MXE 900 + WR2 120 387.886 

MXE 900 + RR2 120 387.894 



MXE 900 + WR2 120: 

1 WR2 helix paddle 120x600 M14 




MXE 900 + RR2 120: 

1 RR2 spiral paddle 120x600 M14 



Mixers 


215

Mixers 


MXE 1100 

1080 watt single-speed mixer with speed control 


high torque 

• FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature 

monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a 

controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power 

in all speed ranges 


arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic 

operation. With anti-slip coating 

• Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate 

provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection 

against shocks and impacts at the building site 





• The tried-and-trusted standard mixer is ideal for users operating 

mainly in the low speed range 








Weight 4,7 kg 


MXE 1100 + WR3R 120 387.924 

MXE 1100 + WR2 120 387.932 

MXE 1100 + SR2 120 387.940 

! 


216 




MXE 1100 + WR3R 120: 

1 helix paddle WR3R 120x600 M14 




MXE 1100 + WR2 120: 





MXE 1100 + SR2 120: 

1 disc paddle SR2 120x600 M14 



MXE 1102 

1080 watt 2-gear mixer with speed control 

• Large, rugged 2-gear unit with optimum ratios for powerful 

torque and correct speed for different materials 






arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic 









• Universal mixer for practically all construction materials: the 2nd 

gear provides it with exceptional sustained power in the top and 

low speed range 









Weight 4,8 kg 

! 





MXE 1102 + WR3R 120 387.983 

MXE 1102 + WR2 120 387.991 

MXE 1102 + SR2 120 388.009 


MXE 1102 + WR3R 120: 





MXE 1102 + WR2 120: 





MXE 1102 + SR2 120: 




Mixers 


217

Mixers 


MXE 1300 

1260 watt single-speed mixer with speed control 


high torque 

• Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm 

posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic 






• The required final rotation speed can be set via the thumb wheel 

on the protective cap and preselected for the mixing operation 
















Weight (with mixing paddle) 5,4 kg 


MXE 1300 + WR3R 140 388.041 

MXE 1300 + WR2 140 388.068 

MXE 1300 + SR2 140 388.076 

! 


218 




MXE 1300 + WR3R 140: 





MXE 1300 + WR2 140: 

1 helix paddle WR2 140x600 M14 




MXE 1300 + SR2 140: 




MXE 1302 

1260 watt 2-gear mixer with speed control 

• Large, rugged 2-gear unit with optimum ratios for powerful 

torque and correct speed for different materials 

• Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm 

posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic 






• The required final rotation speed can be set via the thumb wheel 

on the protective cap and preselected for the mixing operation 

















Weight (with mixing paddle) 5,5 kg 


MXE 1302 + WR3R 140 388.122 

MXE 1302 + WR2 140 388.130 

MXE 1302 + SR2 140 388.149 

! 





MXE 1302 + WR3R 140: 





MXE 1302 + WR2 140: 

1 helix paddle WR2 140x600 M14 




MXE 1302 + SR2 140: 




Mixers 


219

Mixers 


R 600 VV R 1800 VR 

1300 watt mixer with speed selection 

• VV electronic control: with constant speed control, 

soft start with continuous speed accelerator 

switch, overload protection and speed selector 

wheel 

• Mixing head adapter: M 18, with adapter M 14 

• Stable safety and deposit hoop: Protects the 

machine from dirt and damage 

• Long side handgrip for fatigue-free and safety 

torque take-up 

• Spade handle with integrated switch for maximum 

operator convenience 

• Ideal for mixing paint, stiff adhesives, solvents and insulation 

compounds in continuous use 

• Rugged and long-life for heavy-duty use 









Weight 5,4 kg 


R 600 VV 282.359 


! 

220 


1 handle (long) 


1 adapter M 18 x M 14 


1800 watt mixer with speed selection 

• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled 

constant speed, soft-start, overload 

protection and speed selection 

• Spade handle with long side handgrip for 

easy and safety handling and to absorb the 

torque 

• Stable safety and deposit hoop: Protects 

the machine from dirt and damage 

• Extremely powerful, rugged power tool 

• Ideal for mixing very stiff compounds and 

large quantities 

• Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation 








Weight 6,1 kg 


R 1800 VR 254.474 





1 adapter M 18 x M 14 


RZ 600 VV 

1300 watt double positive action mixer 

• VV electronic control: with constant speed control, soft start 

with continuous speed accelerator switch, overload protection 

and speed selector wheel 

• Mixing paddle adapter: 2 x 16 mm Ø with keyway 

• Protection frame 

• Spade handle with integrated switch for maximum operator 

convenience 

• Ideal for mixing stiff adhesives, insulation materials, 

multi-component resins, varnishes and paints in continuous 

heavy-duty use 





Tool fixture 2 x 16 mm Ø 



Weight 6,3 kg 


RZ 600 VV 282.413 

! 




Mixing paddle I and II 

Mixers 


221

Mixers 

Accessories 

Mixing paddles 

Spiral paddle RR2 

Helix paddle WR2 

Helix paddle WR3R 

Plaster paddle PR3L 

Helix paddle WR3L 

222 

Two negatively arranged spirals force the material down, 

preventing the liquid material from splashing. Ideal for mixing 

liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsions, varnishes, glazes, 

coatings, paste, bitumen. 

Designation Paddle 

in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

RR2 120x600 M14 120 Ø 20-40 1 368.903 

Two clockwise helices for kneading and mixing tough to pasty 

materials. The mixer paddle screws itself down forcing the 

material upwards. Extremely versatile, can be used for: tile 

adhesive, grout, filler, finished plaster, adhesive mortar, filler 

compound, floor screed. 


in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

WR2 120x600 M14 120 Ø 15-25 1 368.881 

WR2 140x600 M14 140 Ø 20-40 1 368.997 

WR2 160x600 M14 160 Ø 20-40 1 369.004 

Three clockwise helices screw themselves into the material. 

This provides fast, intensive mixing of even the heaviest and 

toughest mixtures, with little effort. Also known as a mortar 

or tough mixture paddle. Ideal for: mortar, concrete, plaster, 

screed, plasterboard bonding compound, bitumen coating. 


in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

WR3R 120x600 M14 120 Ø 15-25 1 368.911 

WR3R 140x600 M14 140 Ø 20-40 1 369.012 

WR3R 160x600 M14 160 Ø 30-60 1 369.020 

Three anticlockwise helices press down the mix and stop 

the material from splashing. Very powerful appliances and 

strengthened spindles are used for substantial mixing quantities. 

Ideal for plaster. 


in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

PR3L 180x600 M14 180 Ø 40-80 1 369.039 

PR3L 200x600 M14 200 Ø 60-100 1 369.047 

Three anticlockwise helices press down the mix in the container. 

Any deposited pigments, solids or fibres are forced upwards 

and evenly mixed. The mix does not splash. Ideal for liquid and 

creamy mix: paints, emulsion paints, gypsum plaster, casting 

compounds, fibrous materials. 


in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

WR3L 120x600 M14 120 Ø 15-25 1 369.055 

WR3L 140x600 M14 140 Ø 20-40 1 369.063 

WR3L 160x600 M14 160 Ø 30-60 1 369.071 

Disc paddle SR2 

Beater RB 

Two discs with counter-running angled blades create a dynamic 

flow in the mixing container. The blades on the discs force 

the material being mixed in opposing directions downwards 

or upwards. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint, 

emulsion, paste, glue, jointing mortar. 


in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

SR2 120x600 M14 120 Ø 15-25 1 368.938 

SR2 140x600 M14 140 Ø 20-40 1 369.128 

SR2 160x600 M14 160 Ø 30-60 1 369.136 

Round mixing arms prevent air bubbles from being mixed in. 

Ideal for all materials where air pockets are to be avoided: filler 

compounds, fillers, adhesives, sealants. 


in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

RB 120x600 M14 120 Ø 10-30 1 369.152 

RB 140x600 M14 140 Ø 30-60 1 369.160 

Mixing paddles for drill chucks 

VORTINOX mixing paddle 

Spiral paddle RR2 

Mixing paddle made of stainless steel. No rust formation, 

no contamination of the mixture. During the mixing process 

no air intake, no foam formation, no degassing/heating of the 

mixture. Gentle mixing at slow circumferential speeds with 

high intrinsic dynamics, no lump formation. Extremely high 

reistance to wear and particularly easy and simple to clean. 

Ideal for light-coloured, covering materials, synthetic resin 

paints, water-based paints, copper paints, dispersion paints 

and 2-component paints, exterior paint, stains, glazes, paste. 

Round spindle D10 for clamping in the chuck. Material: V2A, 

alloy X5CrNi 18-10 material number 1.4301. 


in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

VR 80x320 D 10 80 Ø 0,5-5 1 385.301 

VR 140x520 D 10 140 Ø 3-15 1 385.328 

Two negatively arranged spirals force the material down, 

preventing the liquid material from splashing. Ideal for mixing 

liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsions, varnishes, glazes, 

coatings, paste, bitumen. 


in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

RR2 85x400 SW8 85 Ø - 10 1 368.946 

RR2 100x600 SW10 100 Ø 8-25 1 368.954

Helix paddle WR2 

Disc paddle SR2 

Beater RB 

Adapter 

M 14 to M 14 adapter 

M 18 to M 14 adapter 

Two clockwise helices for kneading and mixing tough to pasty 

materials. The mixer paddle screws itself down forcing the 

material upwards. Extremely versatile, can be used for: tile 

adhesive, grout, filler, finished plaster, adhesive mortar, filler 

compound, floor screed. 


in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

WR2 85x500 SW8 85 Ø -10 1 368.962 

WR2 100x500 SW10 100 Ø 8-20 1 368.970 

WR2 120x600 SW10 120 Ø 15-25 1 368.989 

Two discs with counter-running angled blades create a dynamic 

flow in the mixing container. The blades on the discs force 

the material being mixed in opposing directions downwards 

or upwards. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint, 

emulsion, paste, glue, jointing mortar. 


in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

SR2 80x400 SW8 80 Ø -10 1 369.098 

SR2 100x600 SW10 100 Ø 8-15 1 369.101 

Round mixing arms prevent air bubbles from being mixed in. 

Ideal for all materials where air pockets are to be avoided: filler 

compounds, fillers, adhesives, sealants. 


in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

RB 120x600 SW10 120 Ø -15 1 369.144 

For connecting M14 mixing paddles to R 500 FR and R 502 FR 

mixing machines. 

QP Order 

number 

1 255.195 

For attaching FLEX mixing paddles M 14 to FLEX R 600, R 600 VV 

and R 1800 VR mixers. 

QP Order 

number 

1 250.484 

SDS-plus M14 adapter 

Extension M14 

Mixers 

Accessories 

M 14 threaded mixer paddle adapter. Useable with SDS-plus 

hammer drill. 

Extension for M14 mixer paddles. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

1 374.091 

QP Order 

number 

M 14i - M 14a 200 1 374.105 

M 14i - M 14a 400 1 374.113 

Mixing with FLEX L 1202 angle grinder 

Mixing paddle, M 14 

Mixing paddle, M 14 

For extension of the mixer spindle and improve the ergonomics 

of the MXE stirrers, corrosion-resistant. 


in mm 

For larger quantities. Used with an extension rod. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

120 Ø 1 124.761 

For smaller quantities. Used with an extension rod. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Mixing heads for RZ 600 VV 

Mixing paddles I and II, galvanized version 

QP Order 

number 

70 Ø 1 124.753 

Ideal for tough mixtures, adhesive, dual and multi-component 

resins and plastics, varnish and paint, sealing and insulation 

material, coating material, ready-mixed mortar, plaster, 

concrete adhesive, etc. Counter-active mixing: Both mixing 

heads mesh and blend the mixture with particular intensity. 

Equipment: 

- Supplied in pairs, adapted for the FLEX positive mixer. For 

insertion in the positive mixer guides. 

- 600 mm overall length 

Please note: 

the mixing head with one marking ring is inserted in fixture I, 

the mixing head with two marking rings in fixture II. 

Paddle 

in mm 

Mix 

in kg 

QP Order 

number 

R-V 100 M14 M/F 100 1 390.755 

QP Order 

number 

130 Ø 5 - 60 1 252.200 

223


FLEX laser measuring technology. 

Straight to the point. 

The introduction of these intelligent helpers has finally rendered spirit levels, plumb 

lines, and complicated levelling aids obsolete. Luminously intense diodes and the 

high projection precision of the FLEX lasers as well as auxiliary accessories such 

as receivers make laser points or laser lines clearly visible even under poor light 

conditions and at greater distances. 

Laser technology has revolutionised measuring and levelling in the construction 

industry. 

The tightly bundled laser beam is emitted absolutely straight and makes a 

precise transfer of heights, angles, and verticals in rooms possible. In building 

drywallconstruction and interior work, lasers have now become indispensable. 

Whether drywall constructors, tile layers, electricians, plumbers, kitchen installers, 

exhibition stand constructors, carpenters, painters, brick layers, and so forth – 

FLEX has the appropriate precision laser for every professional craftsman, for every 

measuring application, and for every construction site: From the self-levelling line 

laser to the fully automatic rotation laser. 

Application examples 

- Aligning wall frames, walls, windows, doors, mirror tiles, etc. 

- Setting heights of power outlets and light switches 

- Determine top edge of screed 

- Layout rows of tiles and floor panels 

- Transfer heights and points for mounting – bus bars, recessed ceiling lamps, etc. 

- Aligning advertising signs 

- Determine slants and angles 

- Project lines to align posters, pictures, paintings etc. 

- Lowering ceilings

Cross-line laser ALC 2/1 

Floor layer laser ALC 2-F 

360° line laser ALC 1-360 

suitable 

ideally suited 

Construction below ground 

Construction above ground 

Roofer 

Industrial building construction 

Gardening and landscaping 

Windows/doors 

Staircase construction 


Interior decoration 

Kitchen and shop fitting 

Metalworker/metal construction 


Safety information: 

FLEX laser measuring devices meet all international safety standards. They comply with laser class 2 or 2M according to 

DIN EN 60825-1: 2001-11 (wave length 635-670 nm, < 1mW output) and are safe for eyes and skin under normal use. 

Nevertheless one should never look directly into the laser beam when using laser measuring devices. 

Carpenter 

Exhibition stand construction 

Electrician 

Heating, sanitation, air-conditioning 

Screed layer 

Tiler 

Plasterer, stuccoworker 

Painter, decorator 

Renovating 

Interior designer 

Laser receiver 

Large tripod 

Medium tripod 

225


ALC 2/1 

The handy cross-line laser 

The versatile ALC 2/1 can illuminate 180° horizontally and 

vertically. The integrated pendulum compensator makes 

a laborious pre-adjustment and precision adjustment 

unnecessary. The receiver LR 1 can double the range by 

means of the pulse function. Thanks to the particularly bright 

laser lines, you can always work precisely even in poor light 

conditions or over long distances. The ALC 2/1 is extremely 

robust thanks to its high-quality housing and its perfectly 

mounted laser unit and is therefore ideal for daily use on 

the building site. 

LR 1 

The practical laser receiver 

The LR 1 has an offset notch for the simple transference 

of reference marks. The on-grade mark is aligned with 

the laser-on-grade readout and the vertical mark notch. To 

ensure a flawless mark, the mark is situated near the photo 

cell. To select the receiver precision, the LR 1 features 

a precision switch. 

226 

Crystal clear 

Specially coated glasses ensure clean and 

high-precision laser lines. 

It couldn’t be simpler 

One-button condition for simple selection of 

the functions (+ pulse button). Operating errors 

are therefore excluded. 

Laser wall holder 

Magnetic 90° wall holder made of aluminium 

with ¼” device connection. Suitable for 

ALC 1-360 and 2/1. 

With a good sound 

Features three acoustic signals (can be switched 

off). Quick signal: Receiver too low. Continuous 

signal: On grade. Slow signal: Receiver too high. 

With perspective 

An easily legible LCD display is located on 

the front and back of the device. It indicates 

the receiver position and the settings of 

the receiver. 

Everything in water 

The two points with the receiver on-grade mark 

for levelling rod measurements are also attached 

to the receiver holder.

Versatile in application and easy to handle. 

The head rotates 

The ALC 2/1 can also be used with a tripod. The required ¼” device connection is on the 

underside of the device. When using tripods with a ⅝” connection, the adapter available as 

an accessory is required. The flexible tripod head of the LKS 65-170 F ¼ can be steplessly 

rotated, tilted and swivelled. The integrated circular level facilitates alignment. 

Best reception 

The receiver LR 1 can double the range 

from 30 metres to 60 metres by means of 

the pulse function of the ALC 2/1. 

Let there be light! 

The exceptionally bright laser lines are still 

highly visible even in poor light conditions. 


Horizontally and vertically 

With the ALC 2/1 you can illuminate a room 

horizontally and vertically. It is therefore 

particularly versatile. 

Runs like clockwork 

The specially coated glasses ensure clean 

and precise laser lines. Ideal for aligning 

tall cupboards, for example when fitting 

kitchens. 

227


ALC 2-F 

The robust floor layer laser 

The ALC 2-F, with its extremely robust aluminium housing, is 

perfect for the tough demands of the building site. The four 

laser lines at a 90° angle enable exact alignment in the room. 

You can continue working without interruption. The upstream 

cross hairs facilitate positioning and aligning of the laser. The 

exceptionally bright laser lines are still very visible even in 

poor light conditions. The three-point support (20 mm high) 

provides a firm stand and reduces soiling even in a mortar 

bed. 

228 

Crystal clear 

Specially coated glasses ensure clean and 


One-button condition 

Easy handling. Operating errors are therefore 

excluded. 

Steel ball feet 

Low wear and easy to clean. Considerably 

increases the service life of the power tool. 

90° stop angle 

15 mm high stop angles for direct application on 

e.g. floor tiles.

Perfect for the tough demands of the building site. 


The use of the floor layer laser ALC 2-F means that spirit 

levels, guide lines and expensive auxiliary constructions 

are now a thing of the past. The three-point support 

(20 mm high) provides a firm stand and reduces soiling 

in a mortar bed. The steel ball feet are easy to clean. 

The 15 mm high 90° stop angles are ideal for direct 

application on e.g. floor tiles. 

229


ALC 1-360 

The compact 360° line laser 

The ALC 1-360 has a 360° horizontal laser line, no disruptive 

pulsing as with rotation lasers. The combination of a highquality 

housing and a perfectly mounted laser unit make 

the ALC 1-360 a robust laser for daily use on the constructions 

site. The integrated pendulum compensator makes a laborious 

pre-adjustment and precision adjustment unnecessary. 

The device can be used immediately. The receiver LR 1 can 

double the range by means of the pulse function. Thanks 

to the particularly bright laser lines, you can always work 

precisely even in poor light conditions or over long distances. 

The compact design allows a very low ceiling distance. 

230 

Robust and insensitive 

Features a powerful laser diode, therefore 

not a large number of sensitive components. 

Technical failures are minimised considerably. 

The specially coated glasses ensure clean and 


Simple handling 

To select all functions, you require one button 

only (+ pulse button). Operating errors are 

therefore excluded. 

¼” connection thread for tripods 

An adapter is required (available as an accessory) 

for tripods with a ⅝” device connection.

Almost like Dolby-Surround. 

Well balanced 

The integrated pendulum compensator makes a laborious pre-adjustment and precision 

adjustment unnecessary. The device can be used immediately. The exceptionally bright laser 

lines are still highly visible even in poor light conditions. 


Silence itself 

The ALC 1-360 has a clearly visible laser line, 

i.e. there is no disruptive pulsing as with 

rotation lasers. As a result, work is enjoyable 

and precise. 

Quite slim 

With only a 3 cm gap from the upper edge, 

the ALC 1-360 allows a very low ceiling 

distance. Ideal when mounting ceiling 

substructures. 

231



ALC 2/1 ALC 1-360 

Self-levelling cross-hair laser 

• Two 180° visible laser lines which can be switched individually 

• Cross-laser projection 

• Self-levelling 

• Optical warning signal when self-levelling range exceeded 

• Self-levelling which can be switched off 

• Highly visible laser beam thanks to anti-reflective glass 

• Simple On-button operation 

• Connectable pulse function for use with receiver 

• ¼” thread for tripod 


Number of lines 

Visible area lines 

! ! 

Accessories page 235 Accessories page 235 

232 

1 horizontal/ 

1 vertical 

180° horizontal/ 

vertical 

Precision ± 3 mm/10m 

Self-levelling range ± 6 ° 

Max. working range 30 m 

Max. range 

with receiver 

60 m 

Operation duration 25 h 

Temperature range -18° - +50 °C 

Laser class 2 



ALC 2/1 393.665 

NEW 


Batteries 3x AA 

1 wall holder magnetic WB-M 1/4-ALC 

1 belt pouch BEP ALC 2/1 

1 carrying case TK-S ALC 2/1 

360° line laser for highest demands 

• A visible 360° laser line 

• Self-levelling 

• Optical warning signal when self-levelling range exceeded 


• Simple On-button operation 

• Connectable pulse function for use with receiver 

• ¼” thread for tripod 


Number of lines 1 horizontal 

Visible area lines 360° horizontal 

Precision ± 3 mm/30m 

Self-levelling range ± 8 ° 


Max. range 

with receiver 

60 m 



Laser class 2 



ALC 1-360 393.681 

NEW 


Batteries 3x D 

1 wall/ceiling holder WBC 1/4-ALC 

1 carrying case TK-S ALC 1-360

ALC 2-F LR 1 

Floor layer laser 

• Two visible laser lines at 90° angle in front of and behind the 

device 


• Robust aluminium housing with integrated stop rail and three 

steel ball device feet 


Number of lines 2 at 90° angle 

Visible area lines 90° angle 

Precision ± 2 mm/6 m 




Laser class 2 



ALC 2-F 393.673 

NEW 


2 target plates red FTR-M 

Batteries 3x AA 

1 carrying case TK-S ALC 2-F 


! 




Laser receiver 

• Receiver for horizontally and vertically pulsed laser lines. Can be 

used with ALC 1-360 and 2/1 

• Adjustable display precision 

• Display on front and back 

• Acoustic signal which can be switched off when laser received 

• Floor level mark (on-Grade) 


Number of lines 2 at 90° angle 

Working range 30 - 75 m 

Precision 

I=0,75 mm / 

II=1,75 mm 





LR 1 393.703 


Batteries 9V-unit 

1 holder SC LR 1 

NEW 

233



LKS 100-300 5/8 LKS 65-170 F 1/4 


! 

234 

NEW 

Laser tripod 

• Stable elevator tripod with adjustable crank column and 

extractor column. With ⅝” connection and rubber feet which 

can be unscrewed. Very handy, when pushed together only 

1.10 m with carrying strap 

• Work area from 1,01 to 3,00 m 

• Adjusting range of the clamping column 0,36 m 

• Adjusting range of the extraction column 0,43 m 


Working range 1,01 - 3,00 m 

Connection thread ⅝” 

Weight 5,7 kg 


LKS 100-300 5/8 398.616 


1 carrying strap 

1 adapter LAD 5/8 I-1/4 A 


NEW 

Laser tripod 

• 1,4 kg light-weight elevator tripod made of aluminium with ¼” 

connection. Rotating and tilting tripod head, including carrying 

bag 

• Work area from 0,65 – 1,65 m 


Working range 0,65 - 1,65 m 

Connection thread ¼” 

Weight 1,4 kg 


LKS 65-170 F 1/4 398.624 


1 carrying bag

Accessories for laser measuring technology 

Laser receiver holder 

Laser wall holder 

Wall and ceiling mount 

Laser target plate 

For attachment of the laser receiver with 2 clamping jaws for 

fixing on levelling rules. 


number 

SC LR 1 1 394.017 

Magnetic 90° wall holder made of aluminium with ¼” device 

connection. Suitable for ALC 1-360 and 2/1. 


number 

WB-M 1/4-ALC 1 393.630 

Adjustable wall and ceiling holder with additional clamping 

function. ¼” device connection. 


number 

WCB 1/4-ALC 1 393.614 

Amplifies the projection of the red laser beam over long distances 

or in a bright environment. Magnetic and can be set up. 


number 

FTR-M 1 393.606 

Belt pouch 

Carry case 

Laser tripod adapter 

Belt pouch for ALC 2/1. 


Accessories 


number 

BEP ALC 2/1 1 393.622 

Suitable for laser ALC 2/1 and receiver with holder. 


number 

TK-S ALC 2/1 1 393.908 

Suitable for laser ALC 1/-360 and receiver with holder. 


number 

TK-S ALC 1-360 1 393.649 

Suitable for laser ALC 2-F with additional compartment for ALC 2-1. 


number 

TK-S ALC 2-F 1 393.657 

⅝” internal thread on ¼” external thread for using the laser on 

the elevator tripod (398.616). 


number 

LAD 5/8 I-1/4 A 1 398.608 

235

Tools for painted 

surface finishing. 

What a perfect finish needs is a fine touch, special machinery 

and the right accessories. After all, in either the garage 

or vehicle paint shops it is a question of getting to grips 

with everything at all times. The FLEX surface finishing 

programme provides the optimum solution - and gleaming 

results - for the most varied of requirements. 


POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150 

PE 14-1 180 


Professional tips 

Accessories 

238 

240 

244 

248 

252 

256 


237


FLEX. The polishing specialist. 

Whether it is a matter of polishing, paint care, sealing or one of scratches or holograms, we 

not only have the optimum machinery but can also help you in all questions to do with painted 

surfaces. Demands are being constantly placed on vehicle paintwork from weather and air 

pollution, on the one hand, and from mechanical effects, on the other. The consequences 

come in the form of fading and scratches. Parts of the paint surface are lacklustre and dull. 

The damage is particularly conspicuous on dark shades and under the sun‘s rays. Just as 

annoying are hologram effects. Although very small, they still leave dull, greyish traces on 

the paint surface – just like a film of grease. 

Another preliminary remark: Before you repair paint damage and defects, you should first 

prepare the surface as usual by sanding it with the appropriate grain size. After all activities 

we also recommend wiping the surface with the microfibre cloth to remove polish residue. It 

is also important that you know the different effects of lambswool and sponge. Although soft 

and fleecy lambswool (TopWool) is still regarded as particularly suitable for repolishing, it is 

in reality extremely aggressive. As the polishing agent is deposited intensively on and around 

the individual fibres, the effect of the polish is increased many times. Therefore, polishing 

with lambswool, in comparison with sponge, requires less time and generates less heat. 


1. Before starting, mask off any rubber 

parts, seals and paint-free sections. This 

saves you from having to undertakes 

troublesome cleaning at the end. 

2. Use the recommended combination of 

machine and pad. 

3. Test the polish beforehand on a small, 

non-visible area. 

4. Start with Speed Step 1 and go up to a 

maximum 2300 rpm. 

5. Keep checking the surface temperature 

with the back of your hand. It should only 

be warm to the touch. To much pressure 

and an excessive speed will result in 

surface damage. 

6. Let the machine‘s own weight do the 

work. 

7. Any contamination of the lambswool or 

sponge can have a major negative effect 

on the results. 

8. Always use the same sponge/ 

lambswool for the same agent. 

9. Moisten the sponge or lambswool 

before polishing and sealing. This eases 

the work for you and stops the polish or 

sealer from drying out to quickly. 

10. As a dry polish can damage the 

surface, you should repeatedly moisten 

the surface with a sprayer. 

11. You should keep the machine 

constantly in motion both to stop any 

surface damage and for an even finish. 

12. On final finishing, remove any surplus 

polishing agents from the surface – this 

should be done with a clean micro-fibre 

cloth which is always used for just one 

agent. 

13. Cleaning lambswool, sponge and the 

micro-fibre cloth after use will promote 

their longevity.

Which polisher best meets my requirements? 

For “coated surfaces” FLEX has the ideal polishing solution for every application. 

PE 14-2 150 

PE 14-1 180 

L 602 VR 

PE 14-3 125 

1400 1400 1500 1400 1200 900 1600 

200 250 220 160 160 160 250 

380-2100 250-1350 400-2400 1100-3700 1200-3700 160-480 1750 

2.3 2.3 3.3 2.2 1.9 2.6 5.1 

L 1503 VR 


1. The soft powerhouses 

High torque at low speed. That is the hallmark of the gentle power packs from FLEX. Even when starting at the lower speed 

range you can feel the power. Powerful and cool, so you can polish even the most demanding surfaces. The very quiet operating 

noise is especially pleasant. Professionals have appreciated this for years with our legendary L 602 VR and our PE 14-2 150 and 

PE 14-1 180 will also inspire you. 

2. The allrounders 

A wide speed range from 1100/1200/min to 3700/min is what distinguishes these small and handly allrounders from FLEX. You 

can choose between our classic L 1503 VR with sliding switch and grip hood and the ergonomic version PE 14-3 125 with slim grip 

and accelerator switch. 

3. The roto random orbit 

With its combined rotary and random orbital motion our XC 3401 VRG simulates the movement of the human hand. The surface 

stays cool and the finish is perfect. Coated surfaces are not only well sealed and conserved, but can also be polished without the 

effect of holograms. Also the XC 3401 VRG is especially suitable for removing polishing marks and holograms. 

4. The specialist 

The polisher L 1202 is especially suitable for applications with wood or stainless steel. This machine uses extra large buffing 

wheels, polishing mops and brushes. 


Max. polishing 

pad diameter 

No load speed 

Weight kg 

Available as a set 

Drive 

yes 

rotary 

Soft powerhouses Allrounders 

no 

rotary 

yes 

rotary 

yes 

rotary 

no 

rotary 

Roto random 

orbit 

XC 3401 VRG 

yes 

rotary orbital 

Specialist 

L 1202 

no 

rotary 

239


POLISHFLEX 

POLISHFLEX. Developed by professionals for professionals. 

The POLISHFLEX is perfectly adapted to user requirements. Motor and gear unit both operate extremely quietly. The optimum 

speed range of 380-2100/min and the high torque are ideally suited for processing sensitive surfaces. Thanks to the ergonomic 

design and low weight, even difficult areas can be easily reached and processed. The maximum polishing pad diameter is 

Ø 200 mm enabling horizontal and vertical surfaces to be processed quickly and comfortably. 

2-speed gearbox 

The gear unit is combination of planetary and 

lapped angular gear units. Planetary gear units 

can transmit very high torques despite their very 

compact design. Extremely low noise generation, 

even under load. 

Can be held lower 

The machine has a flat gear head to keep the 

distance from the surface as small as possible. 

The machine can therefore be operated safely in 

any position. 

It has grip 

The grip hood with SoftGrip has been ergonomically 

designed for optimum and precise guidance. 

If required, a handle can be attached to the 

side (included as standard equipment). 

Always keeps a cool head 

Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly efficient 

fan for optimum air flow. The optimized air 

ducting system ensures the best possible cooling 

of gear unit and motor. 

No blowing air 

And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user. 

With a lot of feeling 

Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle 

start (starting speed at setting 1 (380rpm)) and 

a lock-on for continuous operation. 

Always a turn for the better 

Microprocessor electronics with stepless 

380-2100/min speed preselection. 

Easy to operate 

The spindle lock is ideally positioned to prevent 

operating errors and does not interfere with the 

grip area. 

241



POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150 

Has acquired an excellent reputation. 

What have the RUF CTR3 super sports car and the new POLISHFLEX in common? Both have been developed to achieve absolute 

best values in the areas of drive, gear unit, motor output and durability but with the difference that one of them must perform 

quickly on the asphalt and the other very “gently” on the surface. In addition to its internal values, the new POLISHFLEX also has 

a slim and “sportslike” design allowing it to be reliably “steered” even into the most difficult places. 

242

Small, black, powerful 

Especially handy 

The flat gear head with SoftGrip ensures that 

you have a secure footing and superb handling. 

The POLISHFLEX can therefore always 

be controlled safely and comfortably. 


FLEX microfibre cloths remove residue reliably 

and extremely gently. TIP: After each 

application excess polish should be removed 

from the surface. 

Perfectly balanced 

The POLISHFLEX runs very quietly. The noise 

has been optimized to such an extent that it 

is hardly noticeable even under load. 

Just in case 

The maximum polishing pad diameter is 

Ø 200 mm, enabling horizontal and vertical 

surfaces to be processed quickly and 

reliably. 




Thanks to its flat design and optimized 

weight, the PE 14-2 150 can be guided 

safely even in difficult places. 


Thanks to the microprocessor electronics 

with stepless speed selection of 

380–2100 rpm, even sensitive materials, 

such as carbon, can be processed gently. 

243

PE 14-1 180. The large-scale professional. 

The PE 14-1 180 is a further addition to the “gentle power packs”. The polisher PE 14-1 180 was developed from the well known 

POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150, however with a new gear reduction with a speed range of 250–1350 rpm. The high torque at low speed 

is already the special feature of the PE 14-1 180. Even when started at a lower speed range, you can feel the force and power. 

2-speed gearbox 

The gear unit is combination of planetary and 

lapped angular gear units. Planetary gear units 

can transmit very high torques despite their very 

compact design. Extremely low noise generation, 

even under load. 


The machine has a flat gear head to keep the 

distance from the surface as small as possible. 

The machine can therefore be operated safely in 

any position. 

It has grip 

The grip hood with SoftGrip has been ergonomically 

designed for optimum and precise guidance. 

If required, a handle can be attached to the 

side (included as standard equipment). 

Always keeps a cool head 

Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly efficient 

fan for optimum air flow. The optimized air ducting 

system ensures the best possible cooling of 

gear unit and motor. 


PE 14-1 180 

No blowing air 

And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user. 


Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle 

start (starting speed at setting 1 (250 rpm)) and 

a lock-on for continuous operation. 

Always a turn for the better 

Microprocessor electronics with stepless 

250 - 1350/min speed preselection. 

Easy to operate 

The spindle lock is ideally positioned to prevent 

operating errors and does not interfere with the 

grip area. 

245


PE 14-1 180 

The large-scale master. 

Polishing with the PE 14-1 180. As if you were on holiday. 

The PE 14-1 180 is characterised in particular by its enormous torque and the extremely low noise generation. High load capacity 

thanks to optimised cooling – above all at the lower speed range. The accelerator switch enables polishing to be started gently 

and slowly. 

Over the horizon 

The maximum polishing pad diameter is 

Ø 250 mm, enabling horizontal and vertical 

surfaces to be processed quickly and 

reliably. 

246 

Always stay cool! 

Problem surfaces, which e.g. are sensitive 

to heat, can be worked optimally even at 

the lowest speed thanks to the high torque. 

Working flat out 

The small gap between the surface and 

the flat gear head is reassuring especially in 

sensitive and difficult areas.

A real high-flyer. 

Everybody gets a lift with the power of the PE 14-1 180. 

Ultra light-weight 

Thanks to its ergonomic design and the low 

weight, difficult areas can be easily reached 

and worked in almost all locations. 

Small but really fine 

Light-weight, handy and very quiet. These 

are the advantages of the PE 14-1 180 when 

it involves working large areas. 

A neat job 


PE 14-1 180 

Especially when working on aeroplanes, the low weight and perfect handling enables you to polish large vertical and horizontal 

areas comfortably and effortlessly using polishing bodies up to Ø 250 mm. 

With a weight of only 2.3 kg, the 

PE 14-1 180 is one of the lightest polishers 

in its class. Even large vertical areas are 

child’s play. 

247

Polishers 


PE 14-2 150 PE 14-1 180 

POLISHFLEX, variable-speed polisher with a high 

torque 

• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled 

constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit 


• Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for 

optimum cooling 

• Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start, starting 

speed at setting 1 (380rpm) and a lock-on for continuous 

operation 

• Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear. 

No annoying exhaust air for the user 

• Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces 

noise to an absolute minimum 

• Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can 

therefore be operated safely in any position. 

• Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can 

be controlled with precision and is always comfortable yet secure 

to hold. 

• Spindle lock: It is ideally positioned to prevent operating error 


• With rubberised resting bar for safe setting down 

• 4 metres PUR H05-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly 

resistant to cuts and abrasions 








Size (L x H) 402x117 mm 

Weight 2,3 kg 


PE 14-2 150 373.680 

PE 14-2 150 Set 376.175 


! 

248 

Standard equipment PE 14-2 150: 

1 handle 

Standard equipment PE 14-2 150 Set: 

1 handle 

1 velcro backing pad, cushioned, Ø 150 mm 

1 polishing sponge PS-B 160 

1 polishing sponge PS-BL 160 

1 lambswool TW-PT 160 

1 microfibre cloth MW-P 

1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml 

1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml 

2 case inserts 

Plastic carrying case 

Polisher with high torque for processing large painted 

surfaces 

• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled 

constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit 


• Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for 

optimum cooling 

• Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start, starting speed 

at setting 1 (250 rpm) and a lock-on for continuous operation 

• Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear. No 

annoying exhaust air for the user 

• Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces 

noise to an absolute minimum 

• Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can 

therefore be operated safely in any position. 

• Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can 

be controlled with precision and is always comfortable yet secure 

to hold. 

• Spindle lock: It is ideally positioned to prevent operating error 


• With rubberised resting bar for safe setting down 

• Especially for processing large horizontal and vertical areas. 

For the automotive, maritime and aviation areas 

• Polishes at extremely low revolutions and high torque, e.g. for 

heat-sensitive surfaces 










Size (L x H) 402x117 mm 

Weight 2,3 kg 


PE 14-1 180 395.749 



1 handle 

NEW

L 602 VR PE 14-3 125 

Variable-speed polisher with a high torque 

• VR electronics: stepless speed selection, constant speed 

control by means of tachogenerator, overload protection and 

temperature monitor 

• Powerful 1500 watt motor with high degree of efficiency 

• Integrated air deflection: protects against direct air flow 

• Perfect cooling for heavy-duty use. 

• Optimum handling by balanced weight distribution and 3 grip 

variants, depending on use 

• Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece when 

changing pads 









Weight 3,3 kg 


L 602 VR 329.800 

L 602 VR Set 329.819 

Standard equipment L 602 VR: 

1 side handle 

1 bail handle 

Standard equipment L 602 VR Set: 

1 side handle 

1 bail handle 

1 velcro pad 150 Ø 


1 microfibre polishing cloth MW-C 




! 


Polishers 


Ergonomic polisher with speed control trigger 

• VR microprocessor control: with tachogenerator constant speed 

control, soft start, continuous speed control trigger, restart 

protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature 

monitoring and speed selection 

• With its wide speed range it is perfect for working with polishing 

pads from Ø 80 mm upto max Ø 160 mm 

• Ideal polishing pad Ø 140 mm 

• High-powered motor: can handle extreme loads 

• Ergonomic design 

• Slim shaft handle and ergonomic grip cover to optimise handling 

and reduce fatigue when polishing 











Size (L x H) 370 x 110 mm 

Weight 2,2 kg 


PE 14-3 125 383.678 

PE 14-3 125 Set 383.732 

Standard equipment PE 14-3 125: 

1 side handle 

Standard equipment PE 14-3 125 Set: 

1 side handle 

1 velcro pad 125 Ø 


1 polishing sponge PS-W 160 




249

Polishers 


XC 3401 VRG XC 3401 VRG Set 

Positive-drive orbital polisher 

• VR microprocessor control: with tachogenerator constant speed 

control, soft start, continuous speed control trigger, restart 

protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature 

monitoring and speed selection 

• 8 mm orbit for high efficiency 

• Permanent direct drive for an even polished surface 

• Cushioned special hook and loop pad for polishing. 

• Removable, ergonomic handle and guard for optimum handling 

in all applications 

• Low heat generation on the surface makes it ideal for 

temperature-sensitive paints 

• Counterweight for smoother operation 

• Low height and low weight 





Velcro backing pad Ø 140 mm 


Orbit 8 mm 




Weight 2,6 kg 


XC 3401 VRG 322.008 

! 

XC 3401 VRG Set 334.081 


250 

Standard equipment XC 3401 VRG: 


1 bail handle 

1 special velcro backing pad, 140 Ø 

Standard equipment XC 3401 VRG Set: 


1 bail handle 

1 special velcro backing pad, 140 Ø 

1 polishing sponge PS-W 160 


1 set-bag 


1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml

L 1503 VR L 1202 

Polisher with a wide speed range 

• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, 

soft-start, overload protection and speed selection 


• With its wide speed range it is perfect for working with polishing 

pads from Ø 80 mm upto max Ø 160 mm 

• Ideal polishing pad Ø 140 mm 

• On/off switch 









Weight 1,9 kg 


L 1503 VR 250.280 


1 side handle 


! 

Powerful low-speed polisher, 1600 watt 


• Low speed, high torque 


• For continuous use with large polishing heads for brushing, 

polishing and buffing wood and stainless steel 

• On/off switch 









Weight 5,1 kg 


L 1202 278.688 


Polishers 



1 side handle 

1 hand guard 

1 handle 

251



Polishing and more. FLEX professional tips. 

Polishing is not just polishing. In common parlance the term is synonymous with sanding a surface smooth to create a gloss 

finish. The professional definition however is much broader. A good “polish” including paint preparation and care comprises the 

following three steps: 

POLISHING: Use of mechanical operations to achieve a smooth, high-gloss surface. 

SEALING: Permanently seal porous surfaces. 

PAINT CARE: Protect paintwork by waxing. 

Professional tips for polishing 

• Never use polishing agents in the sun, 

at high temperatures or when the air 

humidity is high. 

• Before treating the paint surface, wash it 

thoroughly and leave to dry. 

• Do not use dirty cloths or sponges. 

• Avoid any transitions which result in 

irregularities and streaking. 

• Regularly change and clean the polishing 

sponge. 

• Use all agents extremely sparingly. If too 

much polish is applied, it will be more 

difficult to rub off and the quality will be 

impaired. 

252 

Professional tips for sealing 

• First, clean the surface thoroughly. 

• Remove all dead paint and tinting 

particles from the surface. 

• Caution – incorrect application will 

not only seal the paint surface but also 

the dirt. 

Professional tips for paint care 

• Thoroughly clean the surface beforehand. 

• Apply agents sparingly and evenly. 

• Make sure the surface is absolutely dry. 

• Avoid the sun’s rays, excessive heat, 

humidity and temperatures below 

freezing.

Rotary or random orbital? 



As with many other questions in life, there is no clear-cut reply to this particular question. Just as with selecting the right polish, 

recommending a rotary or a random orbital machine depends on the particular job. In principle, the truth is that rotary devices 

are used more in the professional trade sector. However, random orbit devices are used in the professional trade sector, in 

particular for finishing work. In the semi-profesional world preference is often given to tools with random orbit rotary motion. 

ROTARY: Sensitive and aggressive 

Polishing is very much a matter of feeling and precision. 

However, by using a rotary machine you, as a professional, will 

confidently be able to handle any polishing job. You should 

note two things: Firstly, rotary motion impacts much more 

aggressively on the surface than a random orbit device does. 

Secondly, non-professional application may very quickly produce 

hologram effects. Ideal for: dust inclusions, orange peel 

effect, paint runs, spray mist, heavily weathered paints, normal 

scratches, paint cleaning. 

RANDOM ORBITAL: Effective and efficient 

Eccentric types are specialists – and are rarely popular among 

their peers. However, this in no way applies to polishers with 

eccentric (random orbit) rotary motion and permanent positive 

drive. No surprise really since these devices can be operated 

effectively and efficiently. Thanks to the special motion and 

large stroke, you cannot only seal the paint surface very well, 

but also polish it without the effect of holograms. The machine 

can also remove any hologram effects and polishing marks, 

in particular on dark paints. Ideal for: weathered paints, light 

scratches, minor signs of wear, hologram removal, streaks, 

hair lines, high-gloss polishing, sealing. Professionals also use 

rotary polishers to treat this type of paint damage. 

253



The problem solvers 

FLEX accessories and polishers. Perfectly coordinated. 

To ensure an optimum result, the interaction between machine and polish or sponges or lambswool is extremely important. The 

correct accessory must be used depending on the paint damage (scratch, hologram, etc.). Light scratches can be removed using 

the blue sponge and the FLEX SpecialPolish. 

Perfect polish 

Our recommendation for removing deep 

scratches is to use either the lambswool pad 

or blue sponge and the FLEX SpecialPolish. 

254 

Perfect interaction 

Holograms can best be worked on with wafer 

sponge black and the FLEX SpecialPolish. 

Perfect gloss 

The XC 3401 VRG orbital polisher and FLEX 

NanoPolish & Wax are eminently suited for 

the sealing operation.

The soft powerhouses 

The roto random orbit 

The allrounders 

Recommended applications 

Orange peel effect 

Dust inclusions 

Deep scratches 

Scratches 

Minor signs of wear 

Hologram effects 

Paint sealing/care 

Polishing 

sponge, 

blue 

Polishing 

fleece 

Polishing 

sponge, 

black 

Polishing 

sponge, 

white 



SpecialPolish 

NanoPolish & Wax 

255

Polishers 

Accessories 

Accessories Zubehör for polishing systems 




The specialist 

SpecialPolish 

256 

Silicon-fee, fine polishing compound for 

a high-degree of material removal and a 

medium gloss. For removing, for instance, 

ingrained dust, paint mists, fine scratches in 

combination with the lambswool. Together 

with the right sponge, ideally suited for 

removing signs of wear, restoring weathered 

paints. 

NanoPolish & Wax 

Silicon-free, high-gloss polish with nano 

compound particles and carnauba wax. For 

polishing new to slightly scratched paints. 

Ideal for scratch-resistant paintwork. Also 

gives a perfect finish to paintwork pre-treated 

with the fine polishing compound. High-gloss 

finish and protection in one. 

Microfibre polishing cloth, classic 

Seamless, washable. For gentle removing 

polishing and sealing residues. For a perfect 

surface finish and brilliant deep gloss. 

Microfibre polishing cloth, premium 

Thanks to the very high soft pile, residues 

can be picked up reliably and gently. This is 

what makes the microfibre cloth ideal for an 

optimum paint finish. It can also be used for 

car wash purposes. Long service life, washing 

machine safe (without softener). 

Velcro-backed pad with gearwheel 

Damped special velcro pad for polishing, 

for smaller sponges, e.g. PS-W 140 mm. 

This sponge size is ideal for use in the spot 

repair area as well as on narrow surfaces, 

e.g. C-columns. On account of the special 

holders this pad is designed exclusively for 

the XC 3401 VRG. 

suitable 


Damped special hook and loop backing pad 

for sponges up to max. Ø 160 mm. The special 

fixing allows use of this pad only with the 

XC 3401 VRG. 

Designation Contents/ 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

PE 14-2 150 

PE 14-1 180 

L 602 VR 

PE 14-3 125 

L 1503 VR 

XC 3401 VRG 

SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml 1 376.574 

NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml 1 376.566 

MW-C 400 x 400 1 317.098 

MW-P 400 x 400 1 376.531 

BP-M D115 XC 115 Ø 1 386.715 - - - - - - 

BP-M D140 XC 140 Ø 1 342.637 - - - - - - 

Velcro backing M 14 

Elastic backing pad with velcro cover. 115 Ø 1 208.817 - - - 

Velcro bowl 125 Ø 1 231.983 - - 

L 1202

Accessories for polishing systems 

Velcro pad, cushioned M14 

12 mm cell rubber for even pressure distribution 

for grinding, polishing or sealing. 

Polishing sponge, blue 

Sponge of a medium-hard, coarse foam 

structure and high resistance to tearing. With 

setback velour for assured polishing and as a 

centering aid. Particularly for weathered, dull 

paints and for scratches in combination with 

the SpecialPolish compound. 

Polishing sponge, white 

Sponge of a medium-hard, fine foam structure 

and highly resistant to tearing. With setback 

velour for assured polishing and as a centering 

aid. Particularly for removing minor traces 

of wear and streaks in combination with the 

SpecialPolish compound. 

Polishing sponge, black 

Sponge of an extremely soft and fine foam 

structure. With setback velour for assured 

polishing and as a centering aid. Ideally 

suited - together with the SpecialPolish 

compound - for removing holograms and also 

for paint care and sealing in combination with 

the NanoPolish & Wax. 

Polishing sponge wafer, black 

Wafer sponge of an extremely soft and fine 

foam structure. The special PerfectTouch 

sandwich design and extra firm white foam 

layer give the pad much more stiffness and 

it does not compress so easily. As a result, 

holograms and micro-scratches, in particular, 

can be more efficiently and reliably removed. 

The special design also extends the service 

life of the polishing disc. With setback velour 

for assured polishing and as a centering aid. 

Ideally suited - together with the SpecialPolish 

compound - for removing holograms and 

also for paint care and sealing in combination 

with the NanoPolish & Wax. 

Polishing sponge 

Sponge with medium-hard and coarse foam 

structure. The large diameter and the frisbee 

shape is perfect for large areas, e.g. in the 

maritime and aviation areas. Particularly 

suitable for weathered and mat paintwork, 

in conjunction with the SpecialPolish. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

PE 14-2 150 

PE 14-1 180 

Polishers 

Accessories 

L 602 VR 

PE 14-3 125 

L 1503 VR 

XC 3401 VRG 

115 Ø 1 240.311 - - - - 

125 Ø 1 350.737 - - 

150 Ø 1 350.745 - - 

PS-B 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.388 - 

PS-B 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.396 - 

PS-B 200 200 Ø x 30 1 376.418 - - - 

PS-W 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.426 - 

PS-W 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.434 - 

PS-W 200 200 Ø x 30 1 376.442 - - - 

PS-BL 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.450 - 

PS-BL 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.469 - 

PS-BL 200 200 Ø x 30 1 376.477 - - - 

PSW-BL 140 140 Ø x 30 1 376.485 - 

PSW-BL 160 160 Ø x 30 1 376.493 - 

PSW-BL 200 200 Ø x 30 1 376.507 - - - 

PSF-Y 220 220 Ø x 20 1 256.908 - - - - 

L 1202 

257

Polishers 

Accessories 

Accessories for polishing systems 




The specialist 

Velcro sponge, white (soft) 

Sponge with medium-hard and fine foam 

structure. The large diameter and the frisbee 

shape is perfect for large areas, e.g. in the 

maritime and aviation areas. Particularly 

suitable for removing minor signs of use and 

streaks in conjunction with the SpecialPolish. 

Velcro backed, classic 

The pad consists of 90 % lambswool and 10 % 

polyester. This composition provides for more 

stability and volume. For great polishing 

effect in combination with the SpecialPolish. 

Polishing lambswool, premium 

Polishing lambswool consisting of 90% natural 

wool and 10% polyester. This combination 

provides for longer service life and greater 

volume. And it can remove sanding scratches, 

for example, 30% faster than with using a 

sponge. Ideal for UV paints and the latest 

generation of scratch-resistant paints. For a 

great polishing effect in combination with the 

SpecialPolish. 

The special PerfectTouch sandwich design and 

extra orange foam layer gives the pad that 

slight degree of cushioning and much greater 

stiffness. This allows for a perfect surface 

contact even in problem areas and an optimal 

and exact guiding. 

Polishing fleece 

Traditional frisbee-shaped polishing fleece 

made of 100% natural wool. With its large 

diameter and frisbee shape this polishing 

fleece is perfect for processing large areas 

in the maritime and aviation areas. For high 

polishing effect in conjunction with the 

SpecialPolish. 

Lambswool bonnet 

Lambswool bonnet with tightening cord, 

suitable for elastic backing pad. Made of 

100% lambswool for efficient processing of 

polishing pastes. 

Flexible backing pad 

Backing pad from cellular rubber with 

rounded edges, for lambswool bonnet. 

Ensures for even pressure when polishing. 

M14 thread. 

suitable 


258 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

PE 14-2 150 

PE 14-1 180 

L 602 VR 

PE 14-3 125 

L 1503 VR 

XC 3401 VRG 

PSF-W 220 220 Ø x 20 1 256.909 - - - - 

TW-C 150 150 Ø 1 342.521 - 

TW-C 200 200 Ø 1 350.265 - - - 

TW-PT 140 140 Ø 1 376.515 - 

TW-PT 160 160 Ø 1 376.523 - 

WF-C 230 230 Ø 1 398.632 - - - - 

WH-C 180 180 Ø 1 123.870 - - - 

BP D175 WH 175 Ø 1 123.862 - - - 

L 1202

Accessories for universal polishing 

Backed fleece 

Spare fleece 

Fibre-back and M 14 threaded flange for 

removing scratches in glass, stainless steel, 

acrylic and high-gloss polishing of stainless 

steel. Use only with the respective polishing 

mediums. 

With fiber backing. 

Buffing wheel mount, M 14 

Carry bag for polisher 

Practical mobile carry bag offer lots of room 

for machine and accessories, with variable 

pockets. 


SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning, 

significantly reducing the vibration transmitted 

to hands and arms and reducing the risk 

of vibration-related injury to the operator. 

Carry case 

Case insert - lid 

Without insert. For the machines PE 14- 2 150, 

PE 14-3 125, PE 14-1 180, L 1503 VR 

and XC 3401 VRG and extensive range of 

accessories. 

Matching insert for sponges/lambswool 

Ø 160/200, microfibre cloths and polish for 

the lid of the carry case 377.198. 

Case insert - bottom 

Matching insert for machine and Velcro 

backing pad, sponges/lambswool Ø 140 and 

other accessories for the bottom of carry case 

377.198. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

PE 14-2 150 

PE 14-1 180 

Polishers 

Accessories 

L 602 VR 

PE 14-3 125 

L 1503 VR 

XC 3401 VRG 

125 Ø 1 122.726 - 

175 Ø 1 122.734 - - - 

125 Ø 1 122.742 - 

175 Ø 1 122.750 - - - 

60 1 123.803 - - - - - - 

L 1202 

1 333.573 - - 

M 14 1 325.384 - 

TK-L 528x368x125/65 1 377.198 - - 

TKE-T PE14/XC 1 377.201 - - 

TKE-B PE14/XC 1 377.228 - - 

259

260

Tools for stoneworking. 

For 90 years FLEX has been a competent and innovative 

partner for natural stone working, and for good reason. During 

this time we have worked hand in hand with experienced 

stone masons to develop a comprehensive and harmonized 

machine and accessory programme that sets the industry 

standards. 

Stone working 

Wet grinders L/LE 12-3 100 WET 

Wet grinders, Overview of power tools 

Accessories 

Blind hole drills, Overview of power tools 

Core drilling machines, Overview of power tools 

Accessories 

Bushhammers, Overview of power tools 

Dry grinders, Overview of power tools 

Accessories 

Stone cutter CS 60 WET 

Accessories 

262 

264 

266 

269 

270 

271 

272 

273 

274 

275 

276 

281 

Stone working 

261

Stone working 

262 

FLEX and natural stone. 

A special relationship. 

Natural stone has its own laws. That call for special experts. Specialists who know 

how to read the stone. Who by the nuances and shades of the colours in the stone 

can recognise the unique masterpiece that a completely sculptured piece of work 

can evolve, but to realize this vision good tools are needed. 

For 90 years FLEX is the competent and innovative partner for working with natural 

stone. Over this course of time a comprehensive range of machines has been 

developed in close co-operation with experienced stone masons. A product range 

that sets the industry standards for robustness and reliability also with handling 

and maintenance but especially by working safety when using water. 

The long-time competence of FLEX also includes the knowledge that FLEX engineers 

have gained about the nature of stone, its characteristics, and its sensitivities. 

That is why a FLEX machine of course does not damage or soil the valuable 

“natural stone”, but professionally processes and preserves it. As in every perfect 

relationship allows you to work to perfection.

Stone on stone. 

In the FLEX Stone range everything fits. 

Very colourful 

You don‘t have to search long when selecting 

the required grain with the velcro diamond 

discs. Thanks to the colour-coded system 

you can identify the different grains just by 

their colour. And the practical velcro attachment 

allows for speedy replacement. 

Isolating transformer 

The contour plug is standard equipment on 

many wet grinders. It can be plugged only 

into the isolation transformer coupling and 

not into the power outlet. 

Stone working 

The extensive FLEX natural stone range provides everything - from wet and dry grinders, stone cutter, bushhammer, blind hole 

drill and core drilling machines, pressurized water tank, isolating transformers and safety vacuum cleaners to grinding discs, 

abrasive rings and diamond tools. 

GFCI operator protector circuit breaker 

Ensures electrical safety when undertaking wet 

sanding. Is released practically immediately 

(< 15 milliseconds) at the required response 

sensitivity. Complete with accidental restart 

safeguard on the power being interrupted. 

263

Stone working 

L/LE 12-3 100 WET 

The new generation of wet stone grinders from FLEX. 

Building on the successful design of the long-proven LW 1703 and LW 1503 grinders, the wet stone grinders L 12-3 100 WET and 

LE 12-3 100 WET are the next step forward. In future the L 12-3 100 WET will replace the familiar LW 1503 and LW 1703 machines. 

With integral electronic control the LE 12-3 100 WET brings something new to this class. Both machines are available in two 

versions “Transformer” (with connector cable and a 12 h contour plug for connection to an isolating transformer) and “PRCD” 

(portable residual current device integrated in the cable). 

264 

More secure grip 

The grip hood and the bail handle ensure comfortable 

handling and allow the machine to be 

guided with precision. Even when working on 

vertical surfaces, the machine can always be held 

securely. 

Spindle stop 


stop. 

Perfectly modulated force 

Both types feature a powerful 1150 watt motor 

and built-in electronics with soft start, overload 

protection and constant speed control. The 

LE 12-3 100 WET also features stepless speed 

adjustment from 1200-3700 rpm. 

Flexible connection 

The brass water connection for the ½” water 

hose is not attached directly to the device but to 

an extremely flexible 2 m long special hose. 

Simple M 14 

Tool fixture: M 14 

The lower values count here 

The water supply and control are situated below 

the housing. This provides an unobstructed grip 

area directly above the sanding pad. 

Bring on the water! 

Simple and easily accessible operation of the 

water control. 

Fits perfectly 

The special hose does not require additional hose 

safety devices. This prevents injuries from hose 

clips.

Brilliant ideas. 

Optimized handling for top quality surfaces. 

Clean sanding job 

The L 12-3 100 WET, LE 12-3 100 WET wet 

stone grinders and the FLEX Dia-Jet velcro 

diamond discs are ideally suited for polishing 

cut edges. 

Clear view 

The superb handling and the unobstructed 

grip area allow edges to be worked exactly 

and precisely. 

Horizontally and vertically 

Stone working 

L/LE 12-3 100 WET 

The water connection of the wet stone grinder L 12-3 100 WET and LE 12-3 100 WET is located below the housing. The machines 

can now be guided precisely and safely in any position and without obstructing the view of the workpiece. Thanks to the high 

torque, the wet stone grinders perform reliably in almost any position and at almost any pressure. 

Working on vertical surfaces is now easier 

thanks to the grip hood and the ergonomically 

shaped bail handle. The machines can 

always be guided safely. 

265

Wet grinders 


LE 12-3 100 WET L 12-3 100 WET 

1150 watt wet stone grinder with variable speed, plug 

for isolating transformer, 115 mm 

• Powerful 1150 W motor 



• High torque for maximum material removal and optimum surface 

quality 

• Powder-coated and varnished magnetic pad for a long service life, 

thanks to the additional protection against wear and abrasive dust 


• Bail handle: Secure grip, even when working on vertical surfaces 

• The new water feed and control system is located below the 

housing, which makes operation and precise dosing easy. An 

unobstructed grip area is provided directly above the backing pad 

• 2 m special hose: No additional hose safety devices required. 

Increases flexibility, reduces weight and prevents risk of injury 

from hose clips 

• Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose 

• Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer. 

For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the 

FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer 









Size (L x H) 340 x 140 mm 

Connecting hose 

with quick coupling 

2 m 

Weight 2,4 kg 


LE 12-3 100 WET, contour plug 368.660 

LE 12-3 100 WET, PRCD 378.461 


! 

266 

Available with PRCD portable 

residual current device (integrated 

in the cable) or contour plug (for 

safety reasons operated via isolating 

transformer FLEX TT 2000 only). 


1 bail handle 

1 hook-and-loop cable ties 

1150 watt wet stone grinder with plug for isolating 

transformer, 115 mm 

• Powerful 1150 W motor 

• FR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed 

control, soft start, overload protection 

• High torque for maximum material removal and optimum surface 

quality 

• Powder-coated and varnished magnetic pad for a long service life, 

thanks to the additional protection against wear and abrasive dust 


• Bail handle: Secure grip, even when working on vertical surfaces 

• The new water feed and control system is located below the 

housing, which makes operation and precise dosing easy. An 

unobstructed grip area is provided directly above the backing pad 

• 2 m special hose: No additional hose safety devices required. 

Increases flexibility, reduces weight and prevents risk of injury 

from hose clips 


















Size (L x H) 340 x 140 mm 

Connecting hose 

with quick coupling 

2 m 

Weight 2,4 kg 


L 12-3 100 WET, contour plug 375.675 

L 12-3 100 WET, PRCD 378.488 



1 bail handle 

1 hook-and-loop cable ties

LW 802 VR LW 1202 / LW 1202 S 





• Central water supply through gear shaft: for wet grinding of 

granite and marble 





• Tool fixture: M 14 







Weight 4,3 kg 


LW 802 VR 258.597 


1 bail handle 



! 


Wet grinders 











• Tool fixture: M 14 












Weight 5,1 kg 


LW 1202, contour plug 276.375 

LW 1202 S, PRCD 289.000 


1 bail handle 


267

Wet grinders 


LWW 2106 VR WD 10 

2200 watt edge milling tool for granite with GFCI 






• Aluminum guide carriage: with plastic balls for easy control, 

corrosion-protected 

• GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord 



• Tool fixture: G ½” 

• Ideal for profiling granite slabs 



For slab thickness 20-40 mm 



! 



LWW 2106 VR 253.705 


268 




1 splash guard 

Pressurized water tank 10 l 

• Working pressure 6 bar 

• Ideal for mobile working 

• Fits all machines with a quick-fit coupling for a ½“ water hose 


Capacity 10 l 

Weight 4,5 kg 


WD 10 251.622 


4 m pressure hose

TT 2000 

Isolating transformer 

• With contour socket for all FLEX machines with contour plug. 

Earth contact in 12 o'clock position, without protective contact 


Max. performance up to 

45 min. non-stop operation 

2000 VA 


Primary voltage 230 V 

Secondary voltage 230 V 



TT 2000 373.370 

Wet grinders 


Accessories for wet grinding 

Rubber coupling 

Velcro pad, soft 

For all applications where a smooth sanding is required. Adapts 

itself together with the velcro backing pad flexibly to the 

surface of the workpiece. Is screwed on as an adapter between 

the M14 machine connection and the velcro backing pad. 

For secure attachment of the velcro diamond discs. 

M 14 connection. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

1 240.338 

QP Order 

number 

100 Ø 1 253.814 

Dia-Jet velcro diamond discs wet (single) 

For grinding and polishing: Suitable for artificial stone, natural 

stone, stoneware and ceramics. The grinding output of the 

diamond discs is higher than that of traditional abrasives, they 

have a very long service live and high mechanical resilience. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit Colour QP Order 

number 

100 Ø grit 60 dark green 1 253.815 

100 Ø grit 100 blue 1 253.816 

100 Ø grit 200 light green 1 253.817 

100 Ø grit 400 yellow 1 253.818 

100 Ø grit 800 orange 1 253.819 

100 Ø grit 1500 red 1 253.820 

100 Ø grit 3000 brown 1 253.821 

100 Ø grit 10000 black 1 253.822 

Dia-Jet velcro diamond discs wet in a set 

Adapter plate 

Grinding rings 

Set with 5 grains. For grinding and polishing. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100 Ø grit 100 - 1500 5 253.823 

For grinding rings with quick-action coupling. Thread M14. 

With rubber cushioning. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

100 Ø 1 126.098 

For plastic quick-action coupling backing pads, Order no. 

126.098 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Grit QP Order 

number 

100 Ø F 30 1 126.144 

100 Ø F 60 1 126.152 

100 Ø F 120 1 126.160 

269

Blind hole drills 


BHW 1549 VR BED 18 

Blind hole drill with integrated water feed with GFCI 


• VR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed 

control, overload protection, and speed selector wheel 


• Integral water feed through the drive shaft ensures optimum 

cooling of diamond bits 

• For hand operation or for use on our BD 6 and BD 18 drill stands 

• Can also be used with FLEX pressurized water tanks 






Speed under load 3000-9000 rpm 



Diamond drill Ø 5-10 mm 

Weight 3,3 kg 


BHW 1549 VR 299.197 


! 

270 


1 bail handle 


1 splash guard 


Anchor drilling unit with integrated water feed with 

GFCI circuit breaker 



• Suction cup for fixing to smooth surfaces 

• Precise drill centring by accurate positioning with cross-hair 

registration marks 


• Adapter for vacuum extraction 

• Ideal for hard, fragile materials, including porcelain stoneware 

tiles, concrete, stone and masonry 

• When using FLEX industrial vacuums to extract drilling sludge, 

an additional vacuum is created to allow vacuum fastening of the 

drill stand 

• Integrated water feed through the drive shaft 







Diamond drill Ø 6-14 mm 

Weight 4,1 kg 


BED 18 290.300 



1 suction cup 

1 bail handle 

1 stationary drill stand with 

column guide, BD 18 

1 vacuum hose connection 

1 sharpening stone 

1 metal carrying case

BED 69 

Core drilling unit for drilling edges in facing slabs 

with GFCI circuit breaker 



• Clamping device: for slab thickness from 20 to 50 mm, with 

2 adjustable stops (60/60 cm) 


• Drilling unit works torsion-free and at an exact right angle 








Diamond drill bit Ø 5-14 mm 

Weight (complete unit) 15,5 kg 


BED 69 254.175 

! 



Stationary drill stand BD 06 

Core drilling machines 


271

Core drilling machines 


BHW 812 VV 

Core drilling machine for wet drilling with GFCI circuit 

breaker 

• VV electronic control: constant speed control, soft start 

with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection, 

temperature monitoring and speed selection 

• Long additional handle: turns and latches in pre-set positions to 

absorb high torque in freehand operation 

• Safety slip clutch: offers protection if the core drill is jammed 

• Clamping neck: 53 mm, suitable for application in drilling stands 




• Mechanical 2-speed gear unit and variable, electric speed setting 

provide optimum speeds for a wide range of drilling diameters 

• Suitable for hammer-free drilling of concrete, flush fitting of 

junction boxes flue connections and cutting breakthroughs 

• Also ideal for precise drilling holes to fix heavy-duty anchors 




Speed under load 

1st/2nd gear 

272 

0-1000 / 

0-3800 rpm 

Tool holder (inner Ø) G ½” 



Max. drilling Ø masonry 185 mm 

Weight 4,7 kg 


BHW 812 VV 277.940 


1 handle 



1 wrench case 


1 clamp fitting with ratchet clip 

and centering aid 


Wet drills for the BHW 1549 VR, BED 18 and BED 69 

Diamond hollow hole drill bits 

Hollow diamond drill bit 

The hollow hole drill bits are suitable for use on machines with 

integrated water supply and M 14 spindle thread. Vibrationfree 

drilling in tiles (all hardnesses), fine stoneware (up to 

hardness 5), natural stone, granite. 


in mm 

Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

DD-WET D5x30 M14 5 30 1 386.359 

DD-WET D6x30 M14 6 30 1 386.367 

DD-WET D8x30 M14 8 30 1 386.375 

DD-WET D10x30 M14 10 30 1 386.383 

M 14, wet, for natural stone and fine stoneware tiles. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

Accessories BED 18 

Suction hose 

Suction hose 

Vacuum hose connection 

T 

in mm 

L 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

6 Ø 58 88 1 315.052 

8 Ø 73 103 1 315.060 

10 Ø 88 118 1 315.079 

12 Ø 98 128 1 315.087 

14 Ø 113 143 1 315.095 

Vacuum hose, consisting of: 1 vacuum hose (255.505) and 

1 vacuum hose connection (255.507). 

QP Order 

number 

1 255.506 

QP Order 

number 

1 255.505 

QP Order 

number 

1 255.507

LST 803 VR LST 1503 VR 

Bushhammer for stairs and large surfaces 



• Working width adjustable: 7 stages from approx. 55 mm to 130 mm 

• Guide: continuously adjustable for precise work along stone edges 

• Dust extraction: for use even in occupied buildings 

• Fitted with 80 aggressive carbide tips, the power tool rapidly and 

precisely copes with all roughening work 

• Sits comfortably in the hand and has a grip guard and a shaft 

handle, making it easy to guide 

• Rotating tool head on rubber bearings, reducing noise and 

vibration and increasing the life of the drive unit 





Working width 55-130 mm 

Weight 7,2 kg 


LST 803 VR 259.639 


1 stop, complete 

1 carbide tipped complete 140 Ø 


1 pin wrench 




! 


Bushhammers 


Bushhammer for stairs 



• Working width adjustable: 3 stages from approx. 40 mm up to 92 mm 

• Guide: continuously adjustable for precise work along stone edges 

• Dust extraction: for use even in occupied buildings 

• Fitted with 60 aggressive carbide tips, the power tool rapidly and 

precisely copes with all roughening work 

• Rotating tool head on rubber bearings, reducing noise and 

vibration and increasing the life of the drive unit 

• The grip guard directly over the tool enables precise guidance of 

the power tool 





Working width 40-92 mm 

Weight 5,9 kg 


LST 1503 VR 259.229 


1 stop, complete 

1 carbide tipped complete 100 Ø 


1 pin wrench 



273

Dry grinders 


LG 1704 VR LK 602 VR 

1500 watt for heavy-duty grinding jobs, 178 mm 




• Spindle lock: for easy disc changes 

• Ideally suited to low and medium-speed use with various 

grinding mediums 

• The grip guard directly over the tool enables precise guidance 

of the power tool 






Weight 2,7 kg 


LG 1704 VR 293.768 


! 

274 


1 side handle 

Polisher with grip hood for natural stone working 

• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled constant 

speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection 

• Integrated air deflection: protects against direct air flow 

• Perfect cooling for heavy-duty use. 

• Plastic grip guard allows extremely sensitive guiding 

• Grip hood: detachable 

• Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece 

• Spindle lock: for easy tool change 

• Ideal for cleaning, conserving, polishing and care of natural 

stone flooring 








Weight 3,5 kg 


LK 602 VR 258.580 



1 side handle

Accessories LST 803 VR, LST 1503 VR 

Replacement carbide wheels 

for LST 1503 VR 

for LST 803 VR 

Replacement bearing block with 2 carbide wheels 

for LST 1503 VR and LST 803 VR 

Accessories for dry grinding 

Rubber coupling 

Velcro pad, soft 

Velcro backing pad Ø 115, Bowl 

QP Order 

number 

6 259.833 

QP Order 

number 

8 259.834 

QP Order 

number 

1 260.576 

For all applications where a smooth sanding is required. Adapts 

itself together with the velcro backing pad flexibly to the surface 

of the workpiece. Is screwed on as an adapter between the 

M14 machine connection and the velcro backing pad. 

For secure attachment of the velcro diamond discs. 

M 14 connection. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

1 240.338 

QP Order 

number 

100 Ø 1 253.814 

Backing pad Bowl with velcro face for securing the abrasives 

with the velcro system. As damping elements 12 mm cellular 

rubber pads ensure uniform pressure distribution. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

115 Ø 1 366.609 


Cutting guard 








steps. 


in mm 

Dry grinding 

Accessories 

Grit QP Order 

number 

DP 50 DRY D115 115 Ø 50 1 386.197 

DP 100 DRY D115 115 Ø 100 1 386.200 

DP 200 DRY D115 115 Ø 200 1 386.219 

DP 400 DRY D115 115 Ø 400 1 386.227 

DP 800 DRY D115 115 Ø 800 1 386.235 

DP 1500 DRY D115 115 Ø 1500 1 386.243 

DP 3000 DRY D115 115 Ø 3000 1 386.251 

DP 10000 DRY D115 115 Ø 10000 1 386.278 

With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction nozzle for cutting 

discs with 125 mm Ø for flange without groove. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø 1 254.797 

With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction nozzle for cutting 

discs with 125 mm Ø for flange with groove. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

125 Ø 1 283.533 

For push and pull cuts with vacuum set and adjustable support, 

extraction nozzle with 32 mm outer Ø, collar Ø 62 mm, cut 

depth 65 mm max. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

230 Ø 1 252.963 

275

CS 60 WET. Diamond stone cutter for wet cuts. 

Stone working 

CS 60 WET 

The CS 60 WET is a further development of the proven CSW 4161. With the CS 60 WET you cannot only cut cleanly and precisely, 

you can also make a perfect mitre cut in the range from 0-45°. It also has a cutting depth adjustment from 0-60 mm (with guide 

rail 0-54mm) and is therefore optimally suited to inserting weather grooves and water drainage channels in window sills or steps. 

The CS 60 WET is the ideal machine for stonemasons, kitchen and shop fitters and tilers who have to make exact cuts in natural 

and artificial stone; the machine can also be used in gardening and landscaping. 

Powerhouse 

Powerful and high-output 1400 watt motor with 

high torque. Motor protection made of rubber 

prevents the direct intake of spray water and 

therefore protects the motor. 

Tough performer 

The gearbox housing, the protective cover 

as well as the guide plate are made of highquality 

magnesium die-castings. Ideal for tough 

applications, e.g. in gardening and landscaping. 

GFCI operator protector circuit breaker 

Portable residual current device (PRCD) 

integrated in the cable for safe working. 

Leadership 

The front handle also ensures that the machine is 

guided exactly. 

Spindle stop 


stop. 

Coupled 

Quick coupling made of brass for easy connection 

of a ½” water hose. 

When you have to get a move on 

Cut marking at the base plate from 0°/30°/45° 

for rapid orientation 

Supercooled 

Specially designed water supply for optimal 

cooling of the diamond tool. 

Runs parallel 

Parallel stop with guide edge mounted upwards 

increases the contact surface of the saw bench. 

When the guide edge is mounted downwards, a 

cut can be made parallel to the workpiece edge. 

Stepless 

The cutting depth can be adjusted steplessly 

and without any tools. Ideal in conjunction with 

the guide rail for inserting weather grooves and 

water drainage channels. 

Maximum precision 

The applied scale enables the angle to be 

adjusted easily and exactly from 0-45°. 

All from one source 

Ergonomically shaped handle with on/off switch 

and lock for continuous operation. 

277

Stone working 

CS 60 WET 

Really good at an angle. 

The diamont stone cutter for mitre cuts. 

With the FLEX CS 60 WET diamond stone cutter you cannot only cut cleanly and precisely, you can also make a perfect mitre cut in 

the range from 0-45°. 

Negative is not the same as positive 

Thanks to the precise parallel stop which can 

be attached on either side, the CS 60 WET 

can also make a negative mitre cut. 

278 

More mobility 

In contrast to heavy stationary machines, 

the CS 60 WET is characterised by simple 

handling. 

Always in control 

As the parallel stop is included in the 

product package, exact cuts can be made 

even without the aid of a guide rail.

Extremely free-cutting. For best results. 

Jack of all trades 

The extremely rugged and reliable CS 60 WET 

is ideal for cutting window sills, work surfaces, 

facing stones and terrazzo slabs in 

garden and landscaping, and cleaning up 

flooring joints. 

Clean edge 

The guide rail, available as an accessory, can 

be used to cut clean and precise edge trims 

in the floor area. 

Quite long 

Long cuts can be made with the CS 60 WET 

and the appropriate guide rail 

Can also plunge cut 

The stepless cutting depth adjustment from 

0-60 mm (with guide rail 0-54 mm) is particularly 

suitable for inserting expansion 

joints. 

Maximum flexibility. 

Stone working 

CS 60 WET 

If there is no direct water connection 

available, the FLEX water pressure tank 

WD 10 is the ideal addition. 

Always straight 

The CS 60 WET, in conjunction with the guide 

rail, is ideal for inserting weather grooves or 

water drainage channels in window sills or 

on the tops of walls. 

279

Stone cutter 


CS 60 WET 

Diamond stone cutter for wet cuts, mitre cuts up to 

45 °, with GFCI circuit breaker 

• High-performance motor: extra powerful for stone cutting and 

joint milling 

• Continuous cut depth setting from 0-60 mm, with rail guide up 

to 54 mm. In the mitre cut from 0-44 mm, with guide rail up to 

38 mm 

• Continuous angle adjustment for mitre cuts from 0-45° 

• Cut marking at the base plate from 0°/30°/45° for rapid 

orientation 

• High-quality magnesium die-castings for protective cover and 

base plates 

• Motor protection made of rubber prevents the direct intake of 

spray water 

• Water supply: for an effective cooling of the diamond blade 



• Ideal for: Inserting water grooves in window sills or steps, work 

tops, facade slabs, terazzo slabs in garden design & landscaping, 

joint renovation in the floor 



Diamond cutting disc Ø / 

arbor (inside Ø) 

170 / 22,2 mm 

Cutting depth / 

with guide rail 

60 / 54 mm 

Mitre cuttings 0-45° 

Depth of cut - mitre cut 5-44 mm 

Depth of cut - 

mitre cut with guide rail 

0-38 mm 




Weight 4,5 kg 


CS 60 WET 374.016 

! 


280 


1 diamond cutting disc with 

segmented cutting edge 

1 wrench for saw blade change 



1 case insert

Accessories CSW 4161, CS 60 WET 

Diamond cutting disc 

Guide rail GRS 

With turbo segments for a clean wet cut; suitable for tiles and 

fine stoneware of any thickness up to hardness 5, marble, slate, 

granite and natural stone. 


in mm 

QP Order 

number 

Turbo-F-Jet D170x22,2 170 Ø x 22,2 1 386.189 

With segmented cutting edge, vibration-dampened. 

For granite, marble, sandstone, concrete. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

170 Ø x 22,2 1 347.515 

With closed cutting edge for a clean wet-cut, suitable for tiles, 

marble plates and ceramics. 

Dimensions 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

170 Ø x 22,2 1 367.214 

Precise aluminium profile with anodized sliding coating and 

guide rib.. Plugged rubber lip as contact edge at the marking, 

anti slip protection on the bottom. Connector 353.272 can be 

used to extend the guide rails as required. 

Designation Length 

in mm 

QP Order 

number 

GRS 80 800 1 353.280 

GRS 160 1600 1 359.351 

Connector for guide rail GRS 

End caps 

Antislip profile 

Anti-splinter guard 

Plastic system case 

Insert for systainer 

Stone cutter 

Accessories 

Precise metal connector for connecting two guide rails GRS. 

When not in use, the connector can be parked in the guide rail 

with the included tool wrench SW 5 - screw driver. 




Systainer for machine and accessories. 

Size 

( W x L x H) 

QP Order 

number 

1 353.272 

QP Order 

number 

2 364.967 

QP Order 

number 

6,8 m 366.854 

QP Order 

number 

3,4 m 366.846 

QP Order 

number 

281 x 360 x 272 1 353.302 

Insert for CSW 4161 or CS 60 WET and accessories, fits systainer 

353.302. 

QP Order 

number 

1 353.310 

281

Carrying case system Box on Box 

The new carrying case system from FLEX ensures order. 

Whether safe transportation, skilful storage or just sensible packaging, the new “Box on Box” organisation system from FLEX 

combines all the requirements of modern trade. Machine, accessories or consumables – everything has its place in one of 

the “Box on Box” variants. Neatly and clearly arranged in elaborate inserts, adapted to the requirements of the vast range of 

applications. At a glance you can see whether everything is in the correct place. This saves time and avoids looking unnecessarily 

for items on the site or in the workshop. 

282 

Selection made simple 

Simply attach the boxes – they lock automatically. 

Additional use of buckles or handles is not 

necessary. 

Duo-Click system 

The boxes are simply and quickly released by 

the side handles. 

Easy handling 

All functional elements are colour coded and 

easy to operate. 

Just in case 

Rigid drill holes have been prepared for the use 

of a padlock*. The contents can then be locked 

securely. 

*Lock is not included in the product package 

Everything in its right place 

Everything at a glance. Thanks to the elaborate 

inserts, the machines, accessories and consumables 

are clearly arranged. This saves time. 

One case, several inserts 

There are various matching inserts available 

depending on the requirement (machines or 

accessories). 

Compact and secure 

No danger from flying cases. Stored compactly, 

securely and stably. 

Everything at hand 

Simply stack and conveniently carry boxes.

Duo-Click system 

Carrying case system Box on Box 

The “Box on Box” system is based on a standard size. This allows the boxes to be connected easily by an innovative Duo-Click 

system and therefore to be selected simply and quickly for the site and stored securely in the vehicle. A simple handle separates 

the boxes from each other again. And when work is complete, the boxes are quickly and simply reconnected and removed using 

the Duo-Click system. 

SPECIFICATIONS TK-L BoB-1 


Weight 2,2 kg 

SPECIFICATIONS TK-L BoB-2 


Weight 2,5 kg 


TK-L BoB-1 392.634* 

TK-L BoB-2 392.642* 

*Case without contents and case insert 

283

Warranty 

For your safety. 

Electrical safety of operation 

Faulty tools pose a hazard to the user when precautions are 

not taken seriously in high voltage areas, to prevent electric 

shock. FLEX electrical power tools are insulated according to 

the safety classes I and II from EN 60745. 

Electrical safety devices 

1. Machines with water supply 

The safety of FLEX machines with water supply is guaranteed 

as follows: 

a) Isolating transformer 

Devices that are equipped with a plug (position of the earth 

pin: 12h) acc. to IEC 60309-2 are delivered in safety class 

II and can be operated only in combination with a isolating 

transformer according to EN61558. 

b) Residual current operated device (GFCI) 

Machines with a GFCI in the power supply line (trip current 

10 mA) are supplied with increased insulation and protective 

earth conductor (earthed connection of the metal parts that 

can be touched from outside). 

2. Transportable motor driven electrical power tools acc. 

EN 61029-1 

Residual current operated device (GFCI) 

Machines with a GFCI in the power supply line (trip circuit 

30 mA) are supplied with increased insulation and protective 

earth conductor (earthed connection of the metal parts that 

can be touched from outside). 

Radio interference suppression 

FLEX electrical power tools are shielded according 

to EN 55014 and EN 61000 according to EU directive 

2004 / 108 / EC. 

Warranty 

When purchasing a new machine FLEX provides a, 2-year 

manufacturer warranty, beginning on the day of the sale of 

the machine to the end customer. The warranty covers only 

damages that can be traced back to material and/or manufacturing 

faults as well as the non-compliance of promised 

features. In case of assertion of claims from this warranty the 

original sales receipt that shows the purchase date has to be 

submitted. Warranty repairs may be made only by shops or 

284 

service stations authorised by FLEX. An assertion of claims 

exists only when used appropriately. Excluded from this 

warranty are in particular regular operational wear, improper 

use, partially or completely disassembled power tools, 

as well as damage due to overload of the machine, the use 

of non-permitted, defective, or improperly applied tools. 

Damages caused by the machine on the application tool or 

workpiece, use of force, consequential damages, that can be 

traced to improper or insufficient maintenance by the customer 

or third parties, damaging due to external influence 

such as sand or stones as well as damages due to nonobservance 

of the instructions such as connection to wrong voltages 

or type of electricity. 

FLEX machines meet all legal trade and professional association 

safety regulations. FLEX stands for practical 

solutions and professional quality down to the last detail. 

Should there be any faults on a machine, the FLEX manufacturer 

warranty will take care of it, quickly and unbureaucratically. 

Details of machine weight. 

The weights in our catalogue have been established on the 

basis of the EPTA Procedure 1/2003. 

Technical modifications and illustrations. 

Our FLEX electrical power tools are always brought to the 

current state of the art. We therefore reserve the right 

to change technical specifications. Illustrations are also 

non-binding.

Tuning for FLEX machines. 

More power, gradual acceleration of the speed that is easy 

on the motor, speeds kept in the optimal range, and safe 

protection from overload. Those are, briefly summarised, the 

typical characteristics of FLEX electronics. 

A further advantage on machines with greater wattage is 

the starting-current limitation. It briefly reduces the high 

starting current and thus prevents the tripping of the fuse in 

the mains. 

The tachometer generator is also a technology with many 

great features. It constantly monitors the speed of the 

armature. If it deviates from the nominal value, the current 

Speed 

Load min. 

Constant nominal speed under load for machines with electronics 

power increase 

Electronics 

is regulated appropriately. It goes full throttle for example 

if there is an extra load until the set speed has been reached 

again. If the motor is unduly loaded, the drawing of current 

is automatically reduced to a „healthy“ level. 

In highly loaded motors a temperature monitoring with PTC 

resistance is fitted. It protects the windings from overheating 

and overloading. 

Using FLEX electronics, the motor output can be increased 

up to 40% compared with machines which are not 

supported electronically. 

Machine with electronics 

Machine without electronics 

Load max. 

Thanks to the electronic increase in output, the machine can extend its nominal speed or the set nominal speed (with variable speed control) even under load 

compared with a machine which is not supported electronically. To achieve this without electronics, a more powerful motor would have to be used. This would 

result in a heavier and more unwieldy machine. The constantly maintained nominal speed also provides more efficient cooling. This increases the service life of 

the machine considerably. 

285

How to find us 

FLEX-Elektrowerkzeuge GmbH 

Bahnhofstrasse 15 

71711 Steinheim/Germany 

Phone: +49 (0) 7144 828-0 

Fax: +49 (0) 7144 25899 

Internet: www.flex-tools.com 

FLEX Customer service 

Our customer service can be reached by 

phone Monday through Friday and any 

day via the Internet. For all questions 

about FLEX quality electrical power 

tools, accessories, and spare parts, but 

also for quick referral to the nearest 

FLEX dealer in your area. 

Customer service: 

Phone: +49 (0) 7144 828-0 

Fax: +49 (0) 7144 25899 

E-mail: info@flex-tools.com 

Internet: www.flex-tools.com 

Should you wish to give us your opinion, 

make suggestions on improving FLEX 

machines, or tell us how we can expand 

our program – please send us an e-mail: 

IhreMeinung@flex-tools.com 

286 

FLEX Service centre 

In case your FLEX requires service - no 

problem: You send your machine with a 

brief fault description to our local service 

centre, we will carry out the service 

and send your FLEX back to you as fast as 

possible. And should you have any questions 

on the technology or the accessories, 

just give us a call. 

FLEX retailers 

FLEX Service centre 

No question: advance technology is 

accompanied by knowledgeable specialist 

consulting. That is why FLEX quality 

electrical power tools are available 

exclusively from qualified dealers. And 

qualified means in this case: Whoever 

is a FLEX dealer has been trained on 

FLEX and has competent answers for the 

trickiest questions.

Notes 

287

Notes 

288

268.887/03-13 Printed in Germany. Imprimé en Allemagne. 

FLEX-Elektrowerkzeuge GmbH 

Bahnhofstraße 15 

71711 Steinheim 

Germany 

Phone +49 7144 828-0 

Fax +49 7144 25899 

info@flex-tools.com 

www.flex-tools.com 

Subject to technical alterations. 

Your FLEX retailer

`Teo` FLEX Power Tools 2014

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?